diff --git a/website/docs/r/active_directory_domain_service.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/active_directory_domain_service.html.markdown
index 23c1ee16e7c8..ba37ec98372e 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/active_directory_domain_service.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/active_directory_domain_service.html.markdown
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `domain_name` - (Required) The Active Directory domain to use. See [official documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/active-directory-domain-services/tutorial-create-instance#create-a-managed-domain) for constraints and recommendations. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `domain_configuration_type` - (Optional)  The configuration type of this Active Directory Domain. Possible values are `FullySynced` and `ResourceTrusting`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `domain_configuration_type` - (Optional) The configuration type of this Active Directory Domain. Possible values are `FullySynced` and `ResourceTrusting`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `filtered_sync_enabled` - (Optional) Whether to enable group-based filtered sync (also called scoped synchronisation). Defaults to `false`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/api_management.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/api_management.html.markdown
index 67b3247ee4d8..8d3d0285553f 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/api_management.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/api_management.html.markdown
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `gateway_disabled` - (Optional) Disable the gateway in main region? This is only supported when `additional_location` is set.
 
-* `min_api_version` - (Optional)  The version which the control plane API calls to API Management service are limited with version equal to or newer than.
+* `min_api_version` - (Optional) The version which the control plane API calls to API Management service are limited with version equal to or newer than.
 
 * `zones` - (Optional) Specifies a list of Availability Zones in which this API Management service should be located. Changing this forces a new API Management service to be created.
 
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ A `additional_location` block supports the following:
 
 ~> **NOTE:** Availability zones and custom public IPs are only supported in the Premium tier.
 
-* `virtual_network_configuration` - (Optional) A `virtual_network_configuration` block as defined below.  Required when `virtual_network_type` is `External` or `Internal`.
+* `virtual_network_configuration` - (Optional) A `virtual_network_configuration` block as defined below. Required when `virtual_network_type` is `External` or `Internal`.
 
 * `gateway_disabled` - (Optional) Only valid for an Api Management service deployed in multiple locations. This can be used to disable the gateway in this additional location.
 
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ An `additional_location` block exports the following:
 
 * `public_ip_addresses` - Public Static Load Balanced IP addresses of the API Management service in the additional location. Available only for Basic, Standard and Premium SKU.
 
-* `private_ip_addresses` - The Private IP addresses of the API Management Service.  Available only when the API Manager instance is using Virtual Network mode.
+* `private_ip_addresses` - The Private IP addresses of the API Management Service. Available only when the API Manager instance is using Virtual Network mode.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/api_management_logger.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/api_management_logger.html.markdown
index f9a89dcaac83..64da40e0b929 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/api_management_logger.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/api_management_logger.html.markdown
@@ -57,13 +57,13 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `api_management_name` - (Required) The name of the API Management Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `application_insights` - (Optional) An `application_insights` block as documented below.
+* `application_insights` - (Optional) An `application_insights` block as documented below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `buffered` - (Optional) Specifies whether records should be buffered in the Logger prior to publishing. Defaults to `true`.
 
 * `description` - (Optional) A description of this Logger.
 
-* `eventhub` - (Optional) An `eventhub` block as documented below.
+* `eventhub` - (Optional) An `eventhub` block as documented below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `resource_id` - (Optional) The target resource id which will be linked in the API-Management portal page. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/api_management_schema.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/api_management_schema.html.markdown
index 6c8aed0641fd..867646d91195 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/api_management_schema.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/api_management_schema.html.markdown
@@ -46,11 +46,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `schema_id` - (Required) A unique identifier for this Schema. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `api_management_name` - (Required) The Name of the API Management Service where the API exists. Changing this forces a
-  new resource to be created.
+* `api_management_name` - (Required) The Name of the API Management Service where the API exists. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `resource_group_name` - (Required) The Name of the Resource Group in which the API Management Service exists. Changing
-  this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `resource_group_name` - (Required) The Name of the Resource Group in which the API Management Service exists. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `type` - (Required) The content type of the Schema. Possible values are `xml` and `json`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/api_management_subscription.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/api_management_subscription.html.markdown
index 6c5987db5859..b3fa18e6e199 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/api_management_subscription.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/api_management_subscription.html.markdown
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `subscription_id` - (Optional) An Identifier which should used as the ID of this Subscription. If not specified a new Subscription ID will be generated. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `allow_tracing` - (Optional) Determines whether tracing can be enabled.  Defaults to `true`.
+* `allow_tracing` - (Optional) Determines whether tracing can be enabled. Defaults to `true`.
 
 ## Attributes Reference
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/app_configuration_feature.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/app_configuration_feature.html.markdown
index 671b8d0567ea..3b0d2e469b1b 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/app_configuration_feature.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/app_configuration_feature.html.markdown
@@ -40,11 +40,11 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `configuration_store_id` - (Required) Specifies the id of the App Configuration. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `description` - (Optional) The description of the App Configuration Feature.  
+* `description` - (Optional) The description of the App Configuration Feature. 
 
 * `enabled` - (Optional) The status of the App Configuration Feature. By default, this is set to false.
 
-* `label` - (Optional) The label of the App Configuration Feature.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `label` - (Optional) The label of the App Configuration Feature. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `locked` - (Optional) Should this App Configuration Feature be Locked to prevent changes?
 
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ A `timewindow_filter` represents a feature filter of type `Microsoft.TimeWindow`
 
 * `start` - (Optional) The earliest timestamp the feature is enabled. The timestamp must be in RFC3339 format.
 
-* `end` - (Optional) The latest timestamp the feature is enabled.  The timestamp must be in RFC3339 format.
+* `end` - (Optional) The latest timestamp the feature is enabled. The timestamp must be in RFC3339 format.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/app_configuration_key.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/app_configuration_key.html.markdown
index 5e25079ff10d..4c0c35695d78 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/app_configuration_key.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/app_configuration_key.html.markdown
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `content_type` - (Optional) The content type of the App Configuration Key. This should only be set when type is set to `kv`.
 
-* `label` - (Optional) The label of the App Configuration Key.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `label` - (Optional) The label of the App Configuration Key. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `value` - (Optional) The value of the App Configuration Key. This should only be set when type is set to `kv`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/app_service.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/app_service.html.markdown
index 213767271ea8..81f4f9647080 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/app_service.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/app_service.html.markdown
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ A `connection_string` block supports the following:
 
 * `name` - (Required) The name of the Connection String.
 
-* `type` - (Required) The type of the Connection String. Possible values are `APIHub`, `Custom`, `DocDb`, `EventHub`, `MySQL`, `NotificationHub`, `PostgreSQL`, `RedisCache`, `ServiceBus`, `SQLAzure` and  `SQLServer`.
+* `type` - (Required) The type of the Connection String. Possible values are `APIHub`, `Custom`, `DocDb`, `EventHub`, `MySQL`, `NotificationHub`, `PostgreSQL`, `RedisCache`, `ServiceBus`, `SQLAzure` and `SQLServer`.
 
 * `value` - (Required) The value for the Connection String.
 
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ A `site_config` block supports the following:
 
 -> **NOTE** User has to explicitly set `ip_restriction` to empty slice (`[]`) to remove it.
 
-* `scm_use_main_ip_restriction` - (Optional)  IP security restrictions for scm to use main. Defaults to `false`.  
+* `scm_use_main_ip_restriction` - (Optional) IP security restrictions for scm to use main. Defaults to `false`. 
 
 -> **NOTE** Any `scm_ip_restriction` blocks configured are ignored by the service when `scm_use_main_ip_restriction` is set to `true`. Any scm restrictions will become active if this is subsequently set to `false` or removed.  
 
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ A `ip_restriction` block supports the following:
 
 * `priority` - (Optional) The priority for this IP Restriction. Restrictions are enforced in priority order. By default, priority is set to 65000 if not specified.
 
-* `action` - (Optional) Does this restriction `Allow` or `Deny` access for this IP range. Defaults to `Allow`.  
+* `action` - (Optional) Does this restriction `Allow` or `Deny` access for this IP range. Defaults to `Allow`. 
 
 * `headers` - (Optional) The headers for this specific `ip_restriction` as defined below.
 
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ A `scm_ip_restriction` block supports the following:
 
 * `name` - (Optional) The name for this IP Restriction.
 
-* `priority` - (Optional) The priority for this IP Restriction. Restrictions are enforced in priority order. By default, priority is set to 65000 if not specified.  
+* `priority` - (Optional) The priority for this IP Restriction. Restrictions are enforced in priority order. By default, priority is set to 65000 if not specified. 
 
 * `action` - (Optional) Allow or Deny access for this IP range. Defaults to `Allow`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/app_service_active_slot.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/app_service_active_slot.html.markdown
index 9d41a9c1e860..3f651c00927c 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/app_service_active_slot.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/app_service_active_slot.html.markdown
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group in which the App Service exists. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `app_service_name` - (Required) The name of the App Service within which the Slot exists.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `app_service_name` - (Required) The name of the App Service within which the Slot exists. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `app_service_slot_name` - (Required) The name of the App Service Slot which should be promoted to the Production Slot within the App Service.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/app_service_certificate_order.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/app_service_certificate_order.html.markdown
index 2bda16c8159a..e55f804c51e0 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/app_service_certificate_order.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/app_service_certificate_order.html.markdown
@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 -> **NOTE:** Either `csr` or `distinguished_name` must be set - but not both.
 
-* `key_size` - (Optional) Certificate key size.  Defaults to `2048`.
+* `key_size` - (Optional) Certificate key size. Defaults to `2048`.
 
 * `product_type` - (Optional) Certificate product type, such as `Standard` or `WildCard`.
 
-* `validity_in_years` - (Optional) Duration in years (must be between `1` and `3`).  Defaults to `1`.
+* `validity_in_years` - (Optional) Duration in years (must be between `1` and `3`). Defaults to `1`.
 
 ## Attributes Reference
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/app_service_connection.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/app_service_connection.html.markdown
index f8d699cebb9a..0cc83676b479 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/app_service_connection.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/app_service_connection.html.markdown
@@ -94,9 +94,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 An `authentication` block supports the following:
 
-* `type` - (Required) The authentication type. Possible values are `systemAssignedIdentity`, `userAssignedIdentity`, `servicePrincipalSecret`, `servicePrincipalCertificate`, `secret`.
+* `type` - (Required) The authentication type. Possible values are `systemAssignedIdentity`, `userAssignedIdentity`, `servicePrincipalSecret`, `servicePrincipalCertificate`, `secret`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `name` - (Required) Username or account name for secret auth. `name` and `secret` should be either both specified or both not specified when `type` is set to `secret`.
+* `name` - (Optional) Username or account name for secret auth. `name` and `secret` should be either both specified or both not specified when `type` is set to `secret`.
 
 * `secret` - (Optional) Password or account key for secret auth. `secret` and `name` should be either both specified or both not specified when `type` is set to `secret`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/app_service_hybrid_connection.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/app_service_hybrid_connection.html.markdown
index 6f81d1c65eb6..5d668058cc2c 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/app_service_hybrid_connection.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/app_service_hybrid_connection.html.markdown
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `app_service_name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the App Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group in which to create the App Service.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group in which to create the App Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `relay_id` - (Required) The ID of the Service Bus Relay. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/app_service_slot.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/app_service_slot.html.markdown
index 42cd8a1a4f4c..ef92e013ff25 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/app_service_slot.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/app_service_slot.html.markdown
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `app_service_plan_id` - (Required) The ID of the App Service Plan within which to create this App Service Slot. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `app_service_name` - (Required) The name of the App Service within which to create the App Service Slot.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `app_service_name` - (Required) The name of the App Service within which to create the App Service Slot. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `app_settings` - (Optional) A key-value pair of App Settings.
 
@@ -199,8 +199,8 @@ A `storage_account` block supports the following:
 
 The `connection_string` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the Connection String. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
-* `type` - (Required) The type of the Connection String. Possible values are `APIHub`, `Custom`, `DocDb`, `EventHub`, `MySQL`, `NotificationHub`, `PostgreSQL`, `RedisCache`, `ServiceBus`, `SQLAzure`, and  `SQLServer`.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the Connection String.
+* `type` - (Required) The type of the Connection String. Possible values are `APIHub`, `Custom`, `DocDb`, `EventHub`, `MySQL`, `NotificationHub`, `PostgreSQL`, `RedisCache`, `ServiceBus`, `SQLAzure`, and `SQLServer`.
 * `value` - (Required) The value for the Connection String.
 
 ---
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ A `site_config` block supports the following:
 
 -> **NOTE** User has to explicitly set `ip_restriction` to empty slice (`[]`) to remove it.
 
-* `scm_use_main_ip_restriction` - (Optional)  IP security restrictions for scm to use main. Defaults to `false`.  
+* `scm_use_main_ip_restriction` - (Optional) IP security restrictions for scm to use main. Defaults to `false`. 
 
 -> **NOTE** Any `scm_ip_restriction` blocks configured are ignored by the service when `scm_use_main_ip_restriction` is set to `true`. Any scm restrictions will become active if this is subsequently set to `false` or removed.  
 
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ A `ip_restriction` block supports the following:
 
 * `priority` - (Optional) The priority for this IP Restriction. Restrictions are enforced in priority order. By default, priority is set to 65000 if not specified.
 
-* `action` - (Optional) Does this restriction `Allow` or `Deny` access for this IP range. Defaults to `Allow`.  
+* `action` - (Optional) Does this restriction `Allow` or `Deny` access for this IP range. Defaults to `Allow`. 
 
 * `headers` - (Optional) The headers for this specific `ip_restriction` as defined below. The HTTP header filters are evaluated after the rule itself and both conditions must be true for the rule to apply.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/app_service_source_control.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/app_service_source_control.html.markdown
index 3e5e92cfdc89..aa874f7e806b 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/app_service_source_control.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/app_service_source_control.html.markdown
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 ---
 
-* `github_action_configuration` - (Optional) A `github_action_configuration` block as defined below.
+* `github_action_configuration` - (Optional) A `github_action_configuration` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `use_manual_integration` - (Optional) Should code be deployed manually. Set to `false` to enable continuous integration, such as webhooks into online repos such as GitHub. Defaults to `false`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ A `container_configuration` block supports the following:
 
 A `github_action_configuration` block supports the following:
 
-* `code_configuration` - (Optional) A `code_configuration` block as defined above.
+* `code_configuration` - (Optional) A `code_configuration` block as defined above. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `container_configuration` - (Optional) A `container_configuration` block as defined above.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/app_service_source_control_slot.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/app_service_source_control_slot.html.markdown
index 4befed2e0128..77f90b9ecf17 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/app_service_source_control_slot.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/app_service_source_control_slot.html.markdown
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `branch` - (Optional) The URL for the repository. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `github_action_configuration` - (Optional) A `github_action_configuration` block as detailed below.
+* `github_action_configuration` - (Optional) A `github_action_configuration` block as detailed below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `repo_url` - (Optional) The branch name to use for deployments. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
@@ -82,13 +82,13 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 A `github_action_configuration` block supports the following:
 
-* `code_configuration` - (Optional) A `code_configuration` block as detailed below.
+* `code_configuration` - (Optional) A `code_configuration` block as detailed below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `container_configuration` - (Optional) A `container_configuration` block as detailed below.
 
 * `generate_workflow_file` - (Optional) Should the service generate the GitHub Action Workflow file. Defaults to `true` Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `linux_action` -  Denotes this action uses a Linux base image.
+* `linux_action` - Denotes this action uses a Linux base image.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/application_gateway.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/application_gateway.html.markdown
index be451c79f9b9..223cffe27495 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/application_gateway.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/application_gateway.html.markdown
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ A `ssl_certificate` block supports the following:
 
 * `data` - (Optional) PFX certificate. Required if `key_vault_secret_id` is not set.
 
-* `password` - (Optional) Password for the pfx file specified in data.  Required if `data` is set.
+* `password` - (Optional) Password for the pfx file specified in data. Required if `data` is set.
 
 * `key_vault_secret_id` - (Optional) Secret Id of (base-64 encoded unencrypted pfx) `Secret` or `Certificate` object stored in Azure KeyVault. You need to enable soft delete for keyvault to use this feature. Required if `data` is not set.
 
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ A `ssl_profile` block supports the following:
 
 * `trusted_client_certificate_names` - (Optional) The name of the Trusted Client Certificate that will be used to authenticate requests from clients.
 
-* `verify_client_cert_issuer_dn` - (Optional) Should client certificate issuer DN be verified?  Defaults to `false`.
+* `verify_client_cert_issuer_dn` - (Optional) Should client certificate issuer DN be verified? Defaults to `false`.
 
 * `ssl_policy` - (Optional) a `ssl_policy` block as defined below.
 
@@ -522,8 +522,7 @@ A `ssl_policy` block supports the following:
 
 When using a `policy_type` of `Predefined` the following fields are supported:
 
-* `policy_name` - (Optional) The Name of the Policy e.g AppGwSslPolicy20170401S. Required if `policy_type` is set to `Predefined`. Possible values can change over time and
-are published here <https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/application-gateway/application-gateway-ssl-policy-overview>. Not compatible with `disabled_protocols`.
+* `policy_name` - (Optional) The Name of the Policy e.g AppGwSslPolicy20170401S. Required if `policy_type` is set to `Predefined`. Possible values can change over time and are published here <https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/application-gateway/application-gateway-ssl-policy-overview>. Not compatible with `disabled_protocols`.
 
 When using a `policy_type` of `Custom` the following fields are supported:
 
@@ -547,9 +546,9 @@ A `waf_configuration` block supports the following:
 
 * `file_upload_limit_mb` - (Optional) The File Upload Limit in MB. Accepted values are in the range `1`MB to `750`MB for the `WAF_v2` SKU, and `1`MB to `500`MB for all other SKUs. Defaults to `100`MB.
 
-* `request_body_check` - (Optional) Is Request Body Inspection enabled?  Defaults to `true`.
+* `request_body_check` - (Optional) Is Request Body Inspection enabled? Defaults to `true`.
 
-* `max_request_body_size_kb` - (Optional) The Maximum Request Body Size in KB.  Accepted values are in the range `1`KB to `128`KB.  Defaults to `128`KB.
+* `max_request_body_size_kb` - (Optional) The Maximum Request Body Size in KB. Accepted values are in the range `1`KB to `128`KB. Defaults to `128`KB.
 
 * `exclusion` - (Optional) one or more `exclusion` blocks as defined below.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/application_insights.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/application_insights.html.markdown
index 061ce958cb7f..9455bfd2a3db 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/application_insights.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/application_insights.html.markdown
@@ -71,8 +71,7 @@ output "app_id" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Application Insights component. Changing this forces a
-    new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Application Insights component. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group in which to create the Application Insights component. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/application_insights_api_key.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/application_insights_api_key.html.markdown
index 6eb5ffd3cfc2..cb0b78d4df16 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/application_insights_api_key.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/application_insights_api_key.html.markdown
@@ -71,8 +71,7 @@ output "full_permissions_api_key" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Application Insights API key. Changing this forces a
-    new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Application Insights API key. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `application_insights_id` - (Required) The ID of the Application Insights component on which the API key operates. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/application_insights_smart_detection_rule.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/application_insights_smart_detection_rule.html.markdown
index a078ccd40b07..134a863e643a 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/application_insights_smart_detection_rule.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/application_insights_smart_detection_rule.html.markdown
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ resource "azurerm_application_insights_smart_detection_rule" "example" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Application Insights Smart Detection Rule. Valid values include `Slow page load time`, `Slow server response time`, `Long dependency duration`, `Degradation in server response time`, `Degradation in dependency duration`, `Degradation in trace severity ratio`, `Abnormal rise in exception volume`, `Potential memory leak detected`, `Potential security issue detected` and `Abnormal rise in daily data volume`, `Long dependency duration`, `Degradation in server response time`, `Degradation in dependency duration`, `Degradation in trace severity ratio`, `Abnormal rise in exception volume`, `Potential memory leak detected`, `Potential security issue detected`, `Abnormal rise in daily data volume`.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Application Insights Smart Detection Rule. Valid values include `Slow page load time`, `Slow server response time`, `Long dependency duration`, `Degradation in server response time`, `Degradation in dependency duration`, `Degradation in trace severity ratio`, `Abnormal rise in exception volume`, `Potential memory leak detected`, `Potential security issue detected` and `Abnormal rise in daily data volume`, `Long dependency duration`, `Degradation in server response time`, `Degradation in dependency duration`, `Degradation in trace severity ratio`, `Abnormal rise in exception volume`, `Potential memory leak detected`, `Potential security issue detected`, `Abnormal rise in daily data volume`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `application_insights_id` - (Required) The ID of the Application Insights component on which the Smart Detection Rule operates. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/application_insights_standard_web_test.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/application_insights_standard_web_test.html.markdown
index 694a0072282e..b6a22a691d4f 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/application_insights_standard_web_test.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/application_insights_standard_web_test.html.markdown
@@ -99,13 +99,13 @@ A `request` block supports the following:
 
 * `body` - (Optional) The WebTest request body.
 
-* `follow_redirects_enabled` - (Optional) Should the following of redirects be enabled?
+* `follow_redirects_enabled` - (Optional) Should the following of redirects be enabled? Defaults to `true`.
 
 * `header` - (Optional) One or more `header` blocks as defined above.
 
 * `http_verb` - (Optional) Which HTTP verb to use for the call. Options are 'GET', 'POST', 'PUT', 'PATCH', and 'DELETE'.
 
-* `parse_dependent_requests_enabled` - (Optional) Should the parsing of dependend requests be enabled?
+* `parse_dependent_requests_enabled` - (Optional) Should the parsing of dependend requests be enabled? Defaults to `true`.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/application_insights_web_test.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/application_insights_web_test.html.markdown
index 88f415847ee0..941750c94894 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/application_insights_web_test.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/application_insights_web_test.html.markdown
@@ -59,8 +59,7 @@ output "webtests_synthetic_id" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Application Insights WebTest. Changing this forces a
-    new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Application Insights WebTest. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group in which to create the Application Insights WebTest. Changing this forces a new resource
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/automation_certificate.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/automation_certificate.html.markdown
index 73ff29b0ea85..7ff1c6a9e73c 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/automation_certificate.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/automation_certificate.html.markdown
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `base64` - (Required) Base64 encoded value of the certificate. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `description` -  (Optional) The description of this Automation Certificate.
+* `description` - (Optional) The description of this Automation Certificate.
 
 * `exportable` - (Optional) The is exportable flag of the certificate.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/automation_credential.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/automation_credential.html.markdown
index 4d8586e198b3..0731da952676 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/automation_credential.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/automation_credential.html.markdown
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `password` - (Required) The password associated with this Automation Credential.
 
-* `description` -  (Optional) The description associated with this Automation Credential.
+* `description` - (Optional) The description associated with this Automation Credential.
 
 ## Attributes Reference
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/automation_job_schedule.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/automation_job_schedule.html.markdown
index 824bac892637..002fc4e009e1 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/automation_job_schedule.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/automation_job_schedule.html.markdown
@@ -40,11 +40,11 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `schedule_name` - (Required) The name of the Schedule. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `parameters` -  (Optional) A map of key/value pairs corresponding to the arguments that can be passed to the Runbook. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `parameters` - (Optional) A map of key/value pairs corresponding to the arguments that can be passed to the Runbook. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 -> **NOTE:** The parameter keys/names must strictly be in lowercase, even if this is not the case in the runbook. This is due to a limitation in Azure Automation where the parameter names are normalized. The values specified don't have this limitation.
 
-* `run_on` -  (Optional) Name of a Hybrid Worker Group the Runbook will be executed on. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `run_on` - (Optional) Name of a Hybrid Worker Group the Runbook will be executed on. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ## Attributes Reference
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/automation_module.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/automation_module.html.markdown
index e4bf217b8145..4faee605d7d6 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/automation_module.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/automation_module.html.markdown
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `automation_account_name` - (Required) The name of the automation account in which the Module is created. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `module_link` - (Required) A `module_link` block as defined blow.
+* `module_link` - (Required) A `module_link` block as defined below.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/automation_schedule.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/automation_schedule.html.markdown
index ac839e18e795..dfa26e6d5236 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/automation_schedule.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/automation_schedule.html.markdown
@@ -50,13 +50,13 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `frequency` - (Required) The frequency of the schedule. - can be either `OneTime`, `Day`, `Hour`, `Week`, or `Month`.
 
-* `description` -  (Optional) A description for this Schedule.
+* `description` - (Optional) A description for this Schedule.
 
-* `interval` -  (Optional) The number of `frequency`s between runs. Only valid when frequency is `Day`, `Hour`, `Week`, or `Month` and defaults to `1`.
+* `interval` - (Optional) The number of `frequency`s between runs. Only valid when frequency is `Day`, `Hour`, `Week`, or `Month` and defaults to `1`.
 
-* `start_time` -  (Optional) Start time of the schedule. Must be at least five minutes in the future. Defaults to seven minutes in the future from the time the resource is created.
+* `start_time` - (Optional) Start time of the schedule. Must be at least five minutes in the future. Defaults to seven minutes in the future from the time the resource is created.
 
-* `expiry_time` -  (Optional) The end time of the schedule.
+* `expiry_time` - (Optional) The end time of the schedule.
 
 * `timezone` - (Optional) The timezone of the start time. Defaults to `UTC`. For possible values see: <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/rest/api/maps/timezone/gettimezoneenumwindows>
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/automation_software_update_configuration.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/automation_software_update_configuration.html.markdown
index 9974fc19ba12..64118e6f3979 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/automation_software_update_configuration.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/automation_software_update_configuration.html.markdown
@@ -161,13 +161,13 @@ A `schedule` block supports the following:
 
 * `frequency` - (Optional) The frequency of the schedule. - can be either `OneTime`, `Day`, `Hour`, `Week`, or `Month`.
 
-* `description` -  (Optional) A description for this Schedule.
+* `description` - (Optional) A description for this Schedule.
 
-* `interval` -  (Optional) The number of `frequency`s between runs. Only valid when frequency is `Day`, `Hour`, `Week`, or `Month`.
+* `interval` - (Optional) The number of `frequency`s between runs. Only valid when frequency is `Day`, `Hour`, `Week`, or `Month`.
 
-* `start_time` -  (Optional) Start time of the schedule. Must be at least five minutes in the future. Defaults to seven minutes in the future from the time the resource is created.
+* `start_time` - (Optional) Start time of the schedule. Must be at least five minutes in the future. Defaults to seven minutes in the future from the time the resource is created.
 
-* `expiry_time` -  (Optional) The end time of the schedule.
+* `expiry_time` - (Optional) The end time of the schedule.
 
 * `time_zone` - (Optional) The timezone of the start time. Defaults to `UTC`. For possible values see: <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/rest/api/maps/timezone/gettimezoneenumwindows>
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/automation_webhook.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/automation_webhook.html.markdown
index 9e122e234a88..4c5f709dee21 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/automation_webhook.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/automation_webhook.html.markdown
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ The following attributes are exported:
 
 * `id` - The Automation Webhook ID.
 
-* `uri` - (Optional) (Sensitive) Generated URI for this Webhook.
+* `uri` - (Optional) (Sensitive) Generated URI for this Webhook. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ## Timeouts
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/backup_policy_vm.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/backup_policy_vm.html.markdown
index a3e92f7614fd..5dbc674d32e1 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/backup_policy_vm.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/backup_policy_vm.html.markdown
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ The `backup` block supports:
 
 * `time` - (Required) The time of day to perform the backup in 24hour format.
 
-* `hour_interval` - (Optional) Interval in hour at which backup is triggered. Possible values are `4`, `6`, `8` and `12`. This is used  when `frequency` is `Hourly`.
+* `hour_interval` - (Optional) Interval in hour at which backup is triggered. Possible values are `4`, `6`, `8` and `12`. This is used when `frequency` is `Hourly`.
 
 * `hour_duration` - (Optional) Duration of the backup window in hours. Possible values are between `4` and `24` This is used when `frequency` is `Hourly`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/bastion_host.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/bastion_host.html.markdown
index f712ff653dfc..90804585970e 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/bastion_host.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/bastion_host.html.markdown
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group in which to create the Bastion Host. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `location` - (Required) Specifies the supported Azure location where the resource exists. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.  Review [Azure Bastion Host FAQ](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/bastion/bastion-faq) for supported locations.
+* `location` - (Required) Specifies the supported Azure location where the resource exists. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Review [Azure Bastion Host FAQ](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/bastion/bastion-faq) for supported locations.
 
 * `copy_paste_enabled` - (Optional) Is Copy/Paste feature enabled for the Bastion Host. Defaults to `true`.
 
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `sku` - (Optional) The SKU of the Bastion Host. Accepted values are `Basic` and `Standard`. Defaults to `Basic`.
 
-* `ip_configuration` - (Optional) A `ip_configuration` block as defined below.
+* `ip_configuration` - (Optional) A `ip_configuration` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `ip_connect_enabled` - (Optional) Is IP Connect feature enabled for the Bastion Host. Defaults to `false`.
 
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ A `ip_configuration` block supports the following:
 
 ~> **Note:** The Subnet used for the Bastion Host must have the name `AzureBastionSubnet` and the subnet mask must be at least a `/26`.
 
-* `public_ip_address_id` - (Required)  Reference to a Public IP Address to associate with this Bastion Host. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `public_ip_address_id` - (Required) Reference to a Public IP Address to associate with this Bastion Host. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ## Attributes Reference
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/batch_pool.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/batch_pool.html.markdown
index e5fc9f95d1fc..2a63800e6713 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/batch_pool.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/batch_pool.html.markdown
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `vm_size` - (Required) Specifies the size of the VM created in the Batch pool. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `storage_image_reference` - (Required) A `storage_image_reference` for the virtual machines that will compose the Batch pool.
+* `storage_image_reference` - (Required) A `storage_image_reference` for the virtual machines that will compose the Batch pool. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `data_disks` - (Optional) A `data_disks` block describes the data disk settings as defined below.
 
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `mount` - (Optional) A `mount` block defined as below.
 
-* `network_configuration` - (Optional) A `network_configuration` block that describes the network configurations for the Batch pool as defined below.
+* `network_configuration` - (Optional) A `network_configuration` block that describes the network configurations for the Batch pool as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `node_placement` - (Optional) A `node_placement` block that describes the placement policy for allocating nodes in the pool as defined below.
 
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ A `resource_file` block supports the following:
 
 A `container_registries` block supports the following:
 
-* `registry_server` - (Optional) The container registry URL. The default is "docker.io". Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `registry_server` - (Required) The container registry URL. The default is "docker.io". Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `user_name` - (Optional) The user name to log into the registry server. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ A `network_security_group_rules` block supports the following:
 
 * `source_address_prefix` - (Required) The source address prefix or tag to match for the rule. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `source_port_ranges` - (Optional) The source port ranges to match for the rule. Valid values are `*` (for all ports 0 - 65535) or arrays of ports or port ranges (i.e. `100-200`). The ports should in the range of 0 to 65535 and the port ranges or ports can't overlap. If any other values are provided the request fails with HTTP status code 400. Default value will be `*`.
+* `source_port_ranges` - (Optional) The source port ranges to match for the rule. Valid values are `*` (for all ports 0 - 65535) or arrays of ports or port ranges (i.e. `100-200`). The ports should in the range of 0 to 65535 and the port ranges or ports can't overlap. If any other values are provided the request fails with HTTP status code 400. Default value will be `*`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/blueprint_assignment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/blueprint_assignment.html.markdown
index 7cfd735d547c..14647f9894bf 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/blueprint_assignment.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/blueprint_assignment.html.markdown
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ resource "azurerm_blueprint_assignment" "example" {
 
 ~> **NOTE:** Improperly formatted JSON, or missing values required by a Blueprint will cause the assignment to fail.
 
-* `lock_mode` - (Optional) The locking mode of the Blueprint Assignment.  One of `None` (Default), `AllResourcesReadOnly`, or `AllResourcesDoNotDelete`. Defaults to `none`.
+* `lock_mode` - (Optional) The locking mode of the Blueprint Assignment. One of `None` (Default), `AllResourcesReadOnly`, or `AllResourcesDoNotDelete`. Defaults to `none`.
 
 * `lock_exclude_principals` - (Optional) a list of up to 5 Principal IDs that are permitted to bypass the locks applied by the Blueprint.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/bot_healthbot.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/bot_healthbot.html.markdown
index 8b8ca4c00c75..5269ac327c0d 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/bot_healthbot.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/bot_healthbot.html.markdown
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `name` - (Required) Specifies The name of the Healthbot Service resource. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `resource_group_name` - (Required) Specifies The name of the Resource Group in which to create the Healthbot Service. changing this  forces a new resource to be created.
+* `resource_group_name` - (Required) Specifies The name of the Resource Group in which to create the Healthbot Service. changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `location` - (Required) Specifies The Azure Region where the resource exists. Changing this force a new resource to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/cdn_endpoint.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cdn_endpoint.html.markdown
index 996a0dac6aaa..21289d93d390 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/cdn_endpoint.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/cdn_endpoint.html.markdown
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `optimization_type` - (Optional) What types of optimization should this CDN Endpoint optimize for? Possible values include `DynamicSiteAcceleration`, `GeneralMediaStreaming`, `GeneralWebDelivery`, `LargeFileDownload` and `VideoOnDemandMediaStreaming`.
 
-* `origin` - (Required) The set of origins of the CDN endpoint. When multiple origins exist, the first origin will be used as primary and rest will be used as failover options. Each `origin` block supports fields documented below.
+* `origin` - (Required) The set of origins of the CDN endpoint. When multiple origins exist, the first origin will be used as primary and rest will be used as failover options. Each `origin` block supports fields documented below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `origin_host_header` - (Optional) The host header CDN provider will send along with content requests to origins.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/cdn_frontdoor_route_disable_link_to_default_domain.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cdn_frontdoor_route_disable_link_to_default_domain.html.markdown
index 2ddf637b4055..0bb5f5c0b85c 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/cdn_frontdoor_route_disable_link_to_default_domain.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/cdn_frontdoor_route_disable_link_to_default_domain.html.markdown
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `cdn_frontdoor_route_id` - (Required) The resource ID of the Front Door Route where the Link To Default Domain property should be `disabled`. Changing this forces a new Front Door Route Disable Link To Default Domain to be created.
 
-* `cdn_frontdoor_custom_domain_ids` - (Required) The resource IDs of the Front Door Custom Domains which are associated with this Front Door Route. Changing this forces a new Front Door Route Disable Link To Default Domain to be created.
+* `cdn_frontdoor_custom_domain_ids` - (Required) The resource IDs of the Front Door Custom Domains which are associated with this Front Door Route.
 
 ## Attributes Reference
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/cdn_profile.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cdn_profile.html.markdown
index 811ff3f05c55..ca2d982c21d1 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/cdn_profile.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/cdn_profile.html.markdown
@@ -37,8 +37,7 @@ resource "azurerm_cdn_profile" "example" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the CDN Profile. Changing this forces a
-    new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the CDN Profile. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group in which to create the CDN Profile. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/cognitive_deployment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cognitive_deployment.html.markdown
index 840a795f4277..818fd8cd5313 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/cognitive_deployment.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/cognitive_deployment.html.markdown
@@ -50,9 +50,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `cognitive_account_id` - (Required) The ID of the Cognitive Services Account. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `model` - (Required) A `model` block as defined below.
+* `model` - (Required) A `model` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `scale` - (Required) A `scale` block as defined below.
+* `scale` - (Required) A `scale` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `rai_policy_name` - (Optional) The name of RAI policy. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/consumption_budget_management_group.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/consumption_budget_management_group.html.markdown
index 374634be1580..30d8413372e2 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/consumption_budget_management_group.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/consumption_budget_management_group.html.markdown
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `amount` - (Required) The total amount of cost to track with the budget.
 
-* `time_grain` - (Optional) The time covered by a budget. Tracking of the amount will be reset based on the time grain. Must be one of `BillingAnnual`, `BillingMonth`, `BillingQuarter`, `Annually`, `Monthly` and `Quarterly`. Defaults to `Monthly`.
+* `time_grain` - (Optional) The time covered by a budget. Tracking of the amount will be reset based on the time grain. Must be one of `BillingAnnual`, `BillingMonth`, `BillingQuarter`, `Annually`, `Monthly` and `Quarterly`. Defaults to `Monthly`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `time_period` - (Required) A `time_period` block as defined below.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/consumption_budget_resource_group.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/consumption_budget_resource_group.html.markdown
index b57ca6ee9165..1f0349b28ac8 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/consumption_budget_resource_group.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/consumption_budget_resource_group.html.markdown
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `amount` - (Required) The total amount of cost to track with the budget.
 
-* `time_grain` - (Optional) The time covered by a budget. Tracking of the amount will be reset based on the time grain. Must be one of `BillingAnnual`, `BillingMonth`, `BillingQuarter`, `Annually`, `Monthly` and `Quarterly`. Defaults to `Monthly`.
+* `time_grain` - (Optional) The time covered by a budget. Tracking of the amount will be reset based on the time grain. Must be one of `BillingAnnual`, `BillingMonth`, `BillingQuarter`, `Annually`, `Monthly` and `Quarterly`. Defaults to `Monthly`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `time_period` - (Required) A `time_period` block as defined below.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/consumption_budget_subscription.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/consumption_budget_subscription.html.markdown
index d067290b6d6e..c7e3ad1a82be 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/consumption_budget_subscription.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/consumption_budget_subscription.html.markdown
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `amount` - (Required) The total amount of cost to track with the budget.
 
-* `time_grain` - (Optional) The time covered by a budget. Tracking of the amount will be reset based on the time grain. Must be one of `BillingAnnual`, `BillingMonth`, `BillingQuarter`, `Annually`, `Monthly` and `Quarterly`. Defaults to `Monthly`.
+* `time_grain` - (Optional) The time covered by a budget. Tracking of the amount will be reset based on the time grain. Must be one of `BillingAnnual`, `BillingMonth`, `BillingQuarter`, `Annually`, `Monthly` and `Quarterly`. Defaults to `Monthly`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `time_period` - (Required) A `time_period` block as defined below.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/container_group.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/container_group.html.markdown
index 01338bb581e8..4d902d50dfbb 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/container_group.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/container_group.html.markdown
@@ -77,9 +77,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 ---
 
-* `dns_config` - (Optional) A `dns_config` block as documented below.
+* `dns_config` - (Optional) A `dns_config` block as documented below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `diagnostics` - (Optional) A `diagnostics` block as documented below.
+* `diagnostics` - (Optional) A `diagnostics` block as documented below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `dns_name_label` - (Optional) The DNS label/name for the container group's IP. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ A `volume` block supports:
 
 * `share_name` - (Optional) The Azure storage share that is to be mounted as a volume. This must be created on the storage account specified as above. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `git_repo` - (Optional) A `git_repo` block as defined below.
+* `git_repo` - (Optional) A `git_repo` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `secret` - (Optional) A map of secrets that will be mounted as files in the volume. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
@@ -329,11 +329,11 @@ The `http_get` block supports:
 
 The `dns_config` block supports:
 
-* `nameservers` - (Required) A list of nameservers the containers will search out to resolve requests.
+* `nameservers` - (Required) A list of nameservers the containers will search out to resolve requests. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `search_domains` - (Optional) A list of search domains that DNS requests will search along.
+* `search_domains` - (Optional) A list of search domains that DNS requests will search along. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `options` - (Optional) A list of [resolver configuration options](https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man5/resolv.conf.5.html).
+* `options` - (Optional) A list of [resolver configuration options](https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man5/resolv.conf.5.html). Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ## Attributes Reference
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/container_registry.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/container_registry.html.markdown
index bd288ad3bf1f..f9668c89a0fa 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/container_registry.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/container_registry.html.markdown
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `location` - (Required) Specifies the supported Azure location where the resource exists. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. 
 
-* `sku` - (Required) The SKU name of the container registry. Possible values are  `Basic`, `Standard` and `Premium`.
+* `sku` - (Required) The SKU name of the container registry. Possible values are `Basic`, `Standard` and `Premium`.
 
 * `admin_enabled` - (Optional) Specifies whether the admin user is enabled. Defaults to `false`.
 
@@ -175,9 +175,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `encryption` - (Optional) An `encryption` block as documented below.
 
-* `anonymous_pull_enabled` - (Optional) Whether allows anonymous (unauthenticated) pull access to this Container Registry?  This is only supported on resources with the `Standard` or `Premium` SKU.
+* `anonymous_pull_enabled` - (Optional) Whether allows anonymous (unauthenticated) pull access to this Container Registry? This is only supported on resources with the `Standard` or `Premium` SKU.
 
-* `data_endpoint_enabled` - (Optional) Whether to enable dedicated data endpoints for this Container Registry?  This is only supported on resources with the `Premium` SKU.
+* `data_endpoint_enabled` - (Optional) Whether to enable dedicated data endpoints for this Container Registry? This is only supported on resources with the `Premium` SKU.
 
 * `network_rule_bypass_option` - (Optional) Whether to allow trusted Azure services to access a network restricted Container Registry? Possible values are `None` and `AzureServices`. Defaults to `AzureServices`.
 
@@ -185,11 +185,11 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 The `georeplications` block supports the following:
 
-* `location` - (Required) A location where the container registry should be geo-replicated. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `location` - (Required) A location where the container registry should be geo-replicated.
 
 * `regional_endpoint_enabled` - (Optional) Whether regional endpoint is enabled for this Container Registry? 
 
-* `zone_redundancy_enabled` - (Optional) Whether zone redundancy is enabled for this replication location? Defaults to `false`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `zone_redundancy_enabled` - (Optional) Whether zone redundancy is enabled for this replication location? Defaults to `false`.
 
   ~> **NOTE:** Changing the `zone_redundancy_enabled` forces the a underlying replication to be created.
 
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ The `encryption` block supports the following:
 
 * `key_vault_key_id` - (Required) The ID of the Key Vault Key.
 
-* `identity_client_id`  - (Required) The client ID of the managed identity associated with the encryption key.
+* `identity_client_id` - (Required) The client ID of the managed identity associated with the encryption key.
 
 ~> **NOTE** The managed identity used in `encryption` also needs to be part of the `identity` block under `identity_ids`
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/container_registry_task.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/container_registry_task.html.markdown
index 48f29bcc7711..b3d5c06810e2 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/container_registry_task.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/container_registry_task.html.markdown
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ A `docker_step` block supports the following:
 
 * `context_path` - (Required) The URL (absolute or relative) of the source context for this step.
 
-* `dockerfile_path` - (Required) The  Dockerfile path relative to the source context.
+* `dockerfile_path` - (Required) The Dockerfile path relative to the source context.
 
 * `arguments` - (Optional) Specifies a map of arguments to be used when executing this step.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/cosmosdb_account.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cosmosdb_account.html.markdown
index d19263138db5..db5ad46a806f 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/cosmosdb_account.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/cosmosdb_account.html.markdown
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `public_network_access_enabled` - (Optional) Whether or not public network access is allowed for this CosmosDB account. Defaults to `true`.
 
-* `capabilities` - (Optional) The capabilities which should be enabled for this Cosmos DB account. Value is a `capabilities` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `capabilities` - (Optional) The capabilities which should be enabled for this Cosmos DB account. Value is a `capabilities` block as defined below.
 
 * `is_virtual_network_filter_enabled` - (Optional) Enables virtual network filtering for this Cosmos DB account.
 
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ The `consistency_policy` block Configures the database consistency and supports
 
 The `geo_location` block Configures the geographic locations the data is replicated to and supports the following:
 
-* `location` - (Required) The name of the Azure region to host replicated data. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `location` - (Required) The name of the Azure region to host replicated data.
 * `failover_priority` - (Required) The failover priority of the region. A failover priority of `0` indicates a write region. The maximum value for a failover priority = (total number of regions - 1). Failover priority values must be unique for each of the regions in which the database account exists. Changing this causes the location to be re-provisioned and cannot be changed for the location with failover priority `0`.
 * `zone_redundant` - (Optional) Should zone redundancy be enabled for this region? Defaults to `false`.
 
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ A `cors_rule` block supports the following:
 
 * `allowed_headers` - (Required) A list of headers that are allowed to be a part of the cross-origin request.
 
-* `allowed_methods` - (Required) A list of HTTP headers that are allowed to be executed by the origin. Valid options are  `DELETE`, `GET`, `HEAD`, `MERGE`, `POST`, `OPTIONS`, `PUT` or `PATCH`.
+* `allowed_methods` - (Required) A list of HTTP headers that are allowed to be executed by the origin. Valid options are `DELETE`, `GET`, `HEAD`, `MERGE`, `POST`, `OPTIONS`, `PUT` or `PATCH`.
 
 * `allowed_origins` - (Required) A list of origin domains that will be allowed by CORS.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/cosmosdb_cassandra_table.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cosmosdb_cassandra_table.html.markdown
index 80594331e2b7..cc99a94f57cc 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/cosmosdb_cassandra_table.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/cosmosdb_cassandra_table.html.markdown
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `cassandra_keyspace_id` - (Required) The ID of the Cosmos DB Cassandra Keyspace to create the table within. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `schema` - (Required) A `schema` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `schema` - (Required) A `schema` block as defined below.
 
 * `throughput` - (Optional) The throughput of Cassandra KeySpace (RU/s). Must be set in increments of `100`. The minimum value is `400`. This must be set upon database creation otherwise it cannot be updated without a manual terraform destroy-apply.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/cosmosdb_gremlin_graph.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cosmosdb_gremlin_graph.html.markdown
index 5261c62c31eb..214b5eb83f05 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/cosmosdb_gremlin_graph.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/cosmosdb_gremlin_graph.html.markdown
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `index_policy` - (Optional) The configuration of the indexing policy. One or more `index_policy` blocks as defined below.
 
-* `conflict_resolution_policy` - (Optional)  A `conflict_resolution_policy` blocks as defined below.
+* `conflict_resolution_policy` - (Optional) A `conflict_resolution_policy` blocks as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `unique_key` - (Optional) One or more `unique_key` blocks as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/cosmosdb_sql_container.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cosmosdb_sql_container.html.markdown
index df28d91a45f1..1881b3a22258 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/cosmosdb_sql_container.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/cosmosdb_sql_container.html.markdown
@@ -83,9 +83,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `default_ttl` - (Optional) The default time to live of SQL container. If missing, items are not expired automatically. If present and the value is set to `-1`, it is equal to infinity, and items don’t expire by default. If present and the value is set to some number `n` – items will expire `n` seconds after their last modified time.
 
-* `analytical_storage_ttl` - (Optional) The default time to live of Analytical Storage for this SQL container. If present and the value is set to `-1`, it is equal to infinity, and items don’t expire by default. If present and the value is set to some number `n` – items will expire `n` seconds after their last modified time. Changing this forces a new Cosmos DB SQL Container to be created when removing `analytical_storage_ttl` on an existing Cosmos DB SQL Container.
+* `analytical_storage_ttl` - (Optional) The default time to live of Analytical Storage for this SQL container. If present and the value is set to `-1`, it is equal to infinity, and items don’t expire by default. If present and the value is set to some number `n` – items will expire `n` seconds after their last modified time.
 
-* `conflict_resolution_policy` - (Optional)  A `conflict_resolution_policy` blocks as defined below.
+* `conflict_resolution_policy` - (Optional) A `conflict_resolution_policy` blocks as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/cosmosdb_sql_database.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/cosmosdb_sql_database.html.markdown
index 1ccae7057395..9b55ea8fd0f3 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/cosmosdb_sql_database.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/cosmosdb_sql_database.html.markdown
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `account_name` - (Required) The name of the Cosmos DB SQL Database to create the table within. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `throughput` - (Optional) The throughput of SQL database (RU/s). Must be set in increments of `100`. The minimum value is `400`. This must be set upon database creation otherwise it cannot be updated without a manual terraform destroy-apply.  Do not set when `azurerm_cosmosdb_account` is configured with `EnableServerless` capability.
+* `throughput` - (Optional) The throughput of SQL database (RU/s). Must be set in increments of `100`. The minimum value is `400`. This must be set upon database creation otherwise it cannot be updated without a manual terraform destroy-apply. Do not set when `azurerm_cosmosdb_account` is configured with `EnableServerless` capability.
 
 ~> **Note:** Throughput has a maximum value of `1000000` unless a higher limit is requested via Azure Support
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/data_factory.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/data_factory.html.markdown
index 845dcb8bd630..f789a358bce3 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/data_factory.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/data_factory.html.markdown
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `github_configuration` - (Optional) A `github_configuration` block as defined below.
 
-* `global_parameter` - (Optional)  A list of `global_parameter` blocks as defined above.
+* `global_parameter` - (Optional) A list of `global_parameter` blocks as defined above.
 
 * `identity` - (Optional) An `identity` block as defined below.
 
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `public_network_enabled` - (Optional) Is the Data Factory visible to the public network? Defaults to `true`.
 
-* `customer_managed_key_id` -  (Optional) Specifies the Azure Key Vault Key ID to be used as the Customer Managed Key (CMK) for double encryption. Required with user assigned identity.
+* `customer_managed_key_id` - (Optional) Specifies the Azure Key Vault Key ID to be used as the Customer Managed Key (CMK) for double encryption. Required with user assigned identity.
 
 * `customer_managed_key_identity_id` - (Optional) Specifies the ID of the user assigned identity associated with the Customer Managed Key. Must be supplied if `customer_managed_key_id` is set.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/data_factory_flowlet_data_flow.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/data_factory_flowlet_data_flow.html.markdown
index 3b07193f1e20..74dd0d1e3d33 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/data_factory_flowlet_data_flow.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/data_factory_flowlet_data_flow.html.markdown
@@ -197,8 +197,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `description` - (Optional) The description for the Data Factory Flowlet Data Flow.
 
-* `folder` - (Optional) The folder that this Data Flow is in. If not specified, the Data Flow will appear at the
-root level.
+* `folder` - (Optional) The folder that this Data Flow is in. If not specified, the Data Flow will appear at the root level.
 
 * `source` - (Required) One or more `source` blocks as defined below.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/data_factory_integration_runtime_azure_ssis.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/data_factory_integration_runtime_azure_ssis.html.markdown
index e6264574628a..2ddc246d362c 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/data_factory_integration_runtime_azure_ssis.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/data_factory_integration_runtime_azure_ssis.html.markdown
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ A `proxy` block supports the following:
 
 * `self_hosted_integration_runtime_name` - (Required) Name of Self Hosted Integration Runtime as a proxy.
 
-* `staging_storage_linked_service_name` - (Required)  Name of Azure Blob Storage linked service to reference the staging data store to be used when moving data between self-hosted and Azure-SSIS integration runtimes.
+* `staging_storage_linked_service_name` - (Required) Name of Azure Blob Storage linked service to reference the staging data store to be used when moving data between self-hosted and Azure-SSIS integration runtimes.
 
 * `path` - (Optional) The path in the data store to be used when moving data between Self-Hosted and Azure-SSIS Integration Runtimes.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/data_factory_integration_runtime_self_hosted.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/data_factory_integration_runtime_self_hosted.html.markdown
index ccbfc24fbc2e..4f43abf60453 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/data_factory_integration_runtime_self_hosted.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/data_factory_integration_runtime_self_hosted.html.markdown
@@ -42,13 +42,13 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `description` - (Optional) Integration runtime description.
 
-* `rbac_authorization` - (Optional) A `rbac_authorization` block as defined below.
+* `rbac_authorization` - (Optional) A `rbac_authorization` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
 A `rbac_authorization` block supports the following:
 
-* `resource_id` - (Required) The resource identifier of the integration runtime to be shared. Changing this forces a new Data Factory to be created.
+* `resource_id` - (Required) The resource identifier of the integration runtime to be shared.
 
 -> **Please Note**: RBAC Authorization creates a [linked Self-hosted Integration Runtime targeting the Shared Self-hosted Integration Runtime in resource_id](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/create-shared-self-hosted-integration-runtime-powershell#share-the-self-hosted-integration-runtime-with-another-data-factory). The linked Self-hosted Integration Runtime needs Contributor access granted to the Shared Self-hosted Data Factory. See example [Shared Self-hosted](https://github.com/hashicorp/terraform-provider-azurerm/tree/main/examples/data-factory/shared-self-hosted).
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_databricks.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_databricks.html.markdown
index 15f219a12143..31ed5f3d2c2f 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_databricks.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_databricks.html.markdown
@@ -134,9 +134,9 @@ You must specify exactly one of the following modes for cluster integration:
 
 * `existing_cluster_id` - (Optional) The cluster_id of an existing cluster within the linked ADB instance.
 
-* `instance_pool` - (Optional) Leverages an instance pool within the linked ADB instance as defined by  `instance_pool` block below.
+* `instance_pool` - (Optional) Leverages an instance pool within the linked ADB instance as defined by `instance_pool` block below.
 
-* `new_cluster_config` - (Optional) Creates new clusters within the linked ADB instance as defined in the  `new_cluster_config` block below.
+* `new_cluster_config` - (Optional) Creates new clusters within the linked ADB instance as defined in the `new_cluster_config` block below.
 
 ---
 
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ A `new_cluster_config` block supports the following:
 
 * `max_number_of_workers` - (Optional) Specifies the maximum number of worker nodes. It should be between 1 and 25000. 
 
-* `min_number_of_workers` - (Optional) Specifies the minimum number of worker nodes. It should be between 1 and 25000. It defaults to 1.
+* `min_number_of_workers` - (Optional) Specifies the minimum number of worker nodes. It should be between 1 and 25000. It defaults to `1`.
 
 * `spark_config` - (Optional) User-specified Spark configuration variables key-value pairs.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_file_storage.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_file_storage.html.markdown
index 5ace69f4d63e..9c88c13e4046 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_file_storage.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_file_storage.html.markdown
@@ -42,8 +42,7 @@ resource "azurerm_data_factory_linked_service_azure_file_storage" "example" {
 
 The following supported arguments are common across all Azure Data Factory Linked Services:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data
-  factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
 
 * `data_factory_id` - (Required) The Data Factory ID in which to associate the Linked Service with. Changing this forces a new resource.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_function.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_function.html.markdown
index a67f56211ede..dd7572687ea9 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_function.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_function.html.markdown
@@ -44,8 +44,7 @@ resource "azurerm_data_factory_linked_service_azure_function" "example" {
 
 The following supported arguments are common across all Azure Data Factory Linked Services:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data
-  factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
 
 * `data_factory_id` - (Required) The Data Factory ID in which to associate the Linked Service with. Changing this forces a new resource.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_search.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_search.html.markdown
index 17ee08baa211..2fc8180ab119 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_search.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_search.html.markdown
@@ -43,8 +43,7 @@ resource "azurerm_data_factory_linked_service_azure_search" "test" {
 
 The following supported arguments are common across all Azure Data Factory Linked Services:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data
-  factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
 
 * `data_factory_id` - (Required) The Data Factory ID in which to associate the Linked Service with. Changing this forces a new resource.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_sql_database.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_sql_database.html.markdown
index 6e04fde94faf..d929b88aa67e 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_sql_database.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_sql_database.html.markdown
@@ -37,8 +37,7 @@ resource "azurerm_data_factory_linked_service_azure_sql_database" "example" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service Azure SQL Database. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data
-  factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service Azure SQL Database. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
 
 * `data_factory_id` - (Required) The Data Factory ID in which to associate the Linked Service with. Changing this forces a new resource.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_table_storage.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_table_storage.html.markdown
index 7191f16963c8..bb457a1fe614 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_table_storage.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_azure_table_storage.html.markdown
@@ -42,8 +42,7 @@ resource "azurerm_data_factory_linked_service_azure_table_storage" "example" {
 
 The following supported arguments are common across all Azure Data Factory Linked Services:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data
-  factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
 
 * `data_factory_id` - (Required) The Data Factory ID in which to associate the Linked Service with. Changing this forces a new resource.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_cosmosdb.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_cosmosdb.html.markdown
index 7ba5567a49ef..2b12208d84c9 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_cosmosdb.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_cosmosdb.html.markdown
@@ -45,8 +45,7 @@ resource "azurerm_data_factory_linked_service_cosmosdb" "example" {
 
 The following supported arguments are common across all Azure Data Factory Linked Services:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data
-  factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
 
 * `data_factory_id` - (Required) The Data Factory ID in which to associate the Linked Service with. Changing this forces a new resource.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_cosmosdb_mongoapi.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_cosmosdb_mongoapi.html.markdown
index 4a1239c7f01b..bd12c2a26ca6 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_cosmosdb_mongoapi.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_cosmosdb_mongoapi.html.markdown
@@ -39,8 +39,7 @@ resource "azurerm_data_factory_linked_service_cosmosdb_mongoapi" "example" {
 
 The following supported arguments are common across all Azure Data Factory Linked Services:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data
-  factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
 
 * `data_factory_id` - (Required) The Data Factory ID in which to associate the Linked Service with. Changing this forces a new resource.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_data_lake_storage_gen2.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_data_lake_storage_gen2.html.markdown
index 131839f78db6..f89384a2a919 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_data_lake_storage_gen2.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_data_lake_storage_gen2.html.markdown
@@ -43,8 +43,7 @@ resource "azurerm_data_factory_linked_service_data_lake_storage_gen2" "example"
 
 The following supported arguments are common across all Azure Data Factory Linked Services:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data
-  factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
 
 * `data_factory_id` - (Required) The Data Factory ID in which to associate the Linked Service with. Changing this forces a new resource.
 
@@ -64,11 +63,11 @@ The following supported arguments are specific to Data Lake Storage Gen2 Linked
 
 ~> **NOTE** Users should specify only one of the following three authentication strategies: storage account key, managed identity, service principal.
 
-* `storage_account_key` - (Optional) The Storage Account Key with which to authenticate against the Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 account.  Incompatible with `service_principal_id`, `service_principal_key`, `tenant` and `use_managed_identity`.
+* `storage_account_key` - (Optional) The Storage Account Key with which to authenticate against the Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 account. Incompatible with `service_principal_id`, `service_principal_key`, `tenant` and `use_managed_identity`.
 
 * `use_managed_identity` - (Optional) Whether to use the Data Factory's managed identity to authenticate against the Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 account. Incompatible with `service_principal_id`, `service_principal_key`, `tenant` and `storage_account_key`.
 
-* `service_principal_id` - (Optional) The service principal id with which to authenticate against the Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 account.  Incompatible with `storage_account_key` and `use_managed_identity`.
+* `service_principal_id` - (Optional) The service principal id with which to authenticate against the Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 account. Incompatible with `storage_account_key` and `use_managed_identity`.
 
 * `service_principal_key` - (Optional) The service principal key with which to authenticate against the Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 account.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_key_vault.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_key_vault.html.markdown
index 5cfee6b16d7a..593420e11dd9 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_key_vault.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_key_vault.html.markdown
@@ -46,8 +46,7 @@ resource "azurerm_data_factory_linked_service_key_vault" "example" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service Key Vault. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data
-  factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service Key Vault. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
 
 * `data_factory_id` - (Required) The Data Factory ID in which to associate the Linked Service with. Changing this forces a new resource.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_kusto.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_kusto.html.markdown
index 47c84c68a055..3e48b20ecf8b 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_kusto.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_kusto.html.markdown
@@ -71,8 +71,7 @@ resource "azurerm_kusto_database_principal_assignment" "example" {
 
 The following supported arguments are common across all Azure Data Factory Linked Services:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data
-  factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
 
 * `data_factory_id` - (Required) The Data Factory ID in which to associate the Linked Service with. Changing this forces a new resource.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_mysql.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_mysql.html.markdown
index f756eff7891b..763333ea1e03 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_mysql.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_mysql.html.markdown
@@ -37,8 +37,7 @@ resource "azurerm_data_factory_linked_service_mysql" "example" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service MySQL. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data
-  factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service MySQL. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
 
 * `data_factory_id` - (Required) The Data Factory ID in which to associate the Linked Service with. Changing this forces a new resource.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_postgresql.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_postgresql.html.markdown
index 3bedf9b83948..245ec8a2701e 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_postgresql.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_postgresql.html.markdown
@@ -37,8 +37,7 @@ resource "azurerm_data_factory_linked_service_postgresql" "example" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service PostgreSQL. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data
-  factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service PostgreSQL. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
 
 * `data_factory_id` - (Required) The Data Factory ID in which to associate the Linked Service with. Changing this forces a new resource.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_sftp.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_sftp.html.markdown
index 53f270351a16..e05fc05dd540 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_sftp.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_sftp.html.markdown
@@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ resource "azurerm_data_factory_linked_service_sftp" "example" {
 
 The following supported arguments are common across all Azure Data Factory Linked Services:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data
-  factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
 
 * `data_factory_id` - (Required) The Data Factory ID in which to associate the Linked Service with. Changing this forces a new resource.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_snowflake.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_snowflake.html.markdown
index ad9a7d247e13..db941e9dfd68 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_snowflake.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_snowflake.html.markdown
@@ -79,8 +79,7 @@ resource "azurerm_data_factory_linked_service_snowflake" "example" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data
-  factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
 
 * `data_factory_id` - (Required) The Data Factory ID in which to associate the Linked Service with. Changing this forces a new resource.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_sql_server.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_sql_server.html.markdown
index 012bfe121d45..0cf0a0fe27c2 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_sql_server.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_sql_server.html.markdown
@@ -79,8 +79,7 @@ resource "azurerm_data_factory_linked_service_sql_server" "example" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service SQL Server. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data
-  factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service SQL Server. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
 
 * `data_factory_id` - (Required) The Data Factory ID in which to associate the Linked Service with. Changing this forces a new resource.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_synapse.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_synapse.html.markdown
index e50a5581b275..c65147e947b8 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_synapse.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_synapse.html.markdown
@@ -80,8 +80,7 @@ resource "azurerm_data_factory_linked_service_synapse" "example" {
 
 The following supported arguments are common across all Azure Data Factory Linked Services:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service Synapse. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data
-  factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service Synapse. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
 
 * `data_factory_id` - (Required) The Data Factory ID in which to associate the Linked Service with. Changing this forces a new resource.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_web.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_web.html.markdown
index 916c3bde62fd..a541c108e43e 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_web.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/data_factory_linked_service_web.html.markdown
@@ -38,8 +38,7 @@ resource "azurerm_data_factory_linked_service_web" "example" {
 
 The following supported arguments are common across all Azure Data Factory Linked Services:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data
-  factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Data Factory Linked Service. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Must be unique within a data factory. See the [Microsoft documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-factory/naming-rules) for all restrictions.
 
 * `data_factory_id` - (Required) The Data Factory ID in which to associate the Linked Service with. Changing this forces a new resource.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/data_share_dataset_blob_storage.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/data_share_dataset_blob_storage.html.markdown
index d369fa10d176..b09196bbee25 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/data_share_dataset_blob_storage.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/data_share_dataset_blob_storage.html.markdown
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `container_name` - (Required) The name of the storage account container to be shared with the receiver. Changing this forces a new Data Share Blob Storage Dataset to be created.
 
-* `storage_account` - (Required) A `storage_account` block as defined below.
+* `storage_account` - (Required) A `storage_account` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `file_path` - (Optional) The path of the file in the storage container to be shared with the receiver. Changing this forces a new Data Share Blob Storage Dataset to be created.
 
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 A `storage_account` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required)  The name of the storage account to be shared with the receiver. Changing this forces a new Data Share Blob Storage Dataset to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the storage account to be shared with the receiver. Changing this forces a new Data Share Blob Storage Dataset to be created.
 
-* `resource_group_name` - (Required)  The resource group name of the storage account to be shared with the receiver. Changing this forces a new Data Share Blob Storage Dataset to be created.
+* `resource_group_name` - (Required) The resource group name of the storage account to be shared with the receiver. Changing this forces a new Data Share Blob Storage Dataset to be created.
 
 * `subscription_id` - (Required) The subscription id of the storage account to be shared with the receiver. Changing this forces a new Data Share Blob Storage Dataset to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/databox_edge_device.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/databox_edge_device.html.markdown
index 8afd74e662a0..40f6ccdb1fc5 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/databox_edge_device.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/databox_edge_device.html.markdown
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `location` - (Required) The Azure Region where the Databox Edge Device should exist. Changing this forces a new Databox Edge Device to be created.
 
-* `sku_name` - (Required)  The `sku_name` is comprised of two segments separated by a hyphen (e.g. `TEA_1Node_UPS_Heater-Standard`). The first segment of the `sku_name` defines the `name` of the SKU, possible values are `Gateway`, `EdgeMR_Mini`, `EdgeP_Base`, `EdgeP_High`, `EdgePR_Base`, `EdgePR_Base_UPS`, `GPU`, `RCA_Large`, `RCA_Small`, `RDC`, `TCA_Large`, `TCA_Small`, `TDC`, `TEA_1Node`, `TEA_1Node_UPS`, `TEA_1Node_Heater`, `TEA_1Node_UPS_Heater`, `TEA_4Node_Heater`, `TEA_4Node_UPS_Heater` or `TMA`. The second segment defines the `tier` of the `sku_name`, possible values are `Standard`. For more information see the [product documentation]("https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/microsoft.azure.management.databoxedge.models.sku?view=azure-dotnet"). Changing this forces a new Databox Edge Device to be created.
+* `sku_name` - (Required) The `sku_name` is comprised of two segments separated by a hyphen (e.g. `TEA_1Node_UPS_Heater-Standard`). The first segment of the `sku_name` defines the `name` of the SKU, possible values are `Gateway`, `EdgeMR_Mini`, `EdgeP_Base`, `EdgeP_High`, `EdgePR_Base`, `EdgePR_Base_UPS`, `GPU`, `RCA_Large`, `RCA_Small`, `RDC`, `TCA_Large`, `TCA_Small`, `TDC`, `TEA_1Node`, `TEA_1Node_UPS`, `TEA_1Node_Heater`, `TEA_1Node_UPS_Heater`, `TEA_4Node_Heater`, `TEA_4Node_UPS_Heater` or `TMA`. The second segment defines the `tier` of the `sku_name`, possible values are `Standard`. For more information see the [product documentation]("https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/microsoft.azure.management.databoxedge.models.sku?view=azure-dotnet"). Changing this forces a new Databox Edge Device to be created.
 
 * `tags` - (Optional) A mapping of tags which should be assigned to the Databox Edge Device.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/databox_edge_order.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/databox_edge_order.html.markdown
index 2e8dd46221ab..f7afc7a32ff4 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/databox_edge_order.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/databox_edge_order.html.markdown
@@ -55,9 +55,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `device_name` - (Required) The name of the Databox Edge Device this order is for. Changing this forces a new Databox Edge Order to be created.
 
-* `contact` - (Required)  A `contact` block as defined below.
+* `contact` - (Required) A `contact` block as defined below.
 
-* `shipment_address` - (Required)  A `shipment_address` block as defined below.
+* `shipment_address` - (Required) A `shipment_address` block as defined below.
 
 ---
 
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ An `contact` block includes the following:
 
 An `shipment_address` block includes the following:
 
-* `address` - (Required) The list of upto 3 lines for address information. Changing this forces a new Databox Edge Order to be created.
+* `address` - (Required) The list of upto 3 lines for address information.
 
 * `city` - (Required) The city name. Changing this forces a new Databox Edge Order to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/databricks_access_connector.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/databricks_access_connector.html.markdown
index 5b1d5d7cb2f5..4eda447a7371 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/databricks_access_connector.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/databricks_access_connector.html.markdown
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ An `identity` block supports the following:
 The following attributes are exported:
 
 * `id` - The ID of the Databricks Access Connector in the Azure management plane.
-* `identity`  - A list of `identity` blocks containing the system-assigned managed identities as defined below.
+* `identity` - A list of `identity` blocks containing the system-assigned managed identities as defined below.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/databricks_workspace.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/databricks_workspace.html.markdown
index 11158193853a..ce694f62f8d0 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/databricks_workspace.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/databricks_workspace.html.markdown
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `load_balancer_backend_address_pool_id` - (Optional) Resource ID of the Outbound Load balancer Backend Address Pool for Secure Cluster Connectivity (No Public IP) workspace. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `sku` - (Required) The `sku` to use for the Databricks Workspace. Possible values are `standard`, `premium`, or `trial`. Changing this can force a new resource to be created in some circumstances.
+* `sku` - (Required) The `sku` to use for the Databricks Workspace. Possible values are `standard`, `premium`, or `trial`.
 
 ~> **NOTE** Downgrading to a `trial sku` from a `standard` or `premium sku` will force a new resource to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/datadog_monitors.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/datadog_monitors.html.markdown
index 621988d9e161..49e739335ff0 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/datadog_monitors.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/datadog_monitors.html.markdown
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ A `datadog_organization` block exports the following:
 
 * `application_key` - (Required) Application key associated to the Datadog organization. Changing this forces a new Datadog Monitor to be created.
 
-* `enterprise_app_id` - (Optional) The ID of the enterprise_app.
+* `enterprise_app_id` - (Optional) The ID of the enterprise_app. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `linking_auth_code` - (Optional) The auth code used to linking to an existing Datadog organization. Changing this forces a new Datadog Monitor to be created.
 
@@ -87,11 +87,11 @@ An `identity` block supports the following:
 
 An `user` block exports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name which should be used for this user_info.
+* `name` - (Required) The name which should be used for this user_info. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `email` - (Required) Email of the user used by Datadog for contacting them if needed. Changing this forces a new Datadog Monitor to be created.
 
-* `phone_number` - (Optional) Phone number of the user used by Datadog for contacting them if needed.
+* `phone_number` - (Optional) Phone number of the user used by Datadog for contacting them if needed. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ## Attributes Reference
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/dedicated_hardware_security_module.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/dedicated_hardware_security_module.html.markdown
index 80ca47905f05..ab72053808ea 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/dedicated_hardware_security_module.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/dedicated_hardware_security_module.html.markdown
@@ -121,11 +121,11 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `location` - (Required) The Azure Region where the Dedicated Hardware Security Module should exist. Changing this forces a new Dedicated Hardware Security Module to be created.
 
-* `network_profile` - (Required)  A `network_profile` block as defined below.
+* `network_profile` - (Required) A `network_profile` block as defined below.
 
 * `sku_name` - (Required) The SKU name of the dedicated hardware security module. Possible values are `payShield10K_LMK1_CPS60`,`payShield10K_LMK1_CPS250`,`payShield10K_LMK1_CPS2500`,`payShield10K_LMK2_CPS60`,`payShield10K_LMK2_CPS250`,`payShield10K_LMK2_CPS2500` and `SafeNet Luna Network HSM A790`. Changing this forces a new Dedicated Hardware Security Module to be created.
 
-* `management_network_profile` - (Optional)  A `management_network_profile` block as defined below.
+* `management_network_profile` - (Optional) A `management_network_profile` block as defined below.
 
 ->**NOTE:**  The `management_network_profile` should not be specified when `sku_name` is `SafeNet Luna Network HSM A790`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/dev_test_global_vm_shutdown_schedule.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/dev_test_global_vm_shutdown_schedule.html.markdown
index 43690cd1bde9..d4a43bd35a46 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/dev_test_global_vm_shutdown_schedule.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/dev_test_global_vm_shutdown_schedule.html.markdown
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 A `notification_settings` block supports the following:
 
-* `enabled` - (Required) Whether to enable pre-shutdown notifications. Possible values are `true` and `false`. Defaults to `false`
+* `enabled` - (Required) Whether to enable pre-shutdown notifications. Possible values are `true` and `false`.
 
 * `email` - (Optional) E-mail address to which the notification will be sent.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/disk_encryption_set.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/disk_encryption_set.html.markdown
index c2a31443890c..7fa3818afa90 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/disk_encryption_set.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/disk_encryption_set.html.markdown
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ In this case, `azurerm_key_vault_access_policy` is not needed.
 
 An `identity` block supports the following:
 
-* `type` - (Required) The type of Managed Service Identity that is configured on this Disk Encryption Set.  Possible values are `SystemAssigned`, `UserAssigned`, `SystemAssigned, UserAssigned` (to enable both). 
+* `type` - (Required) The type of Managed Service Identity that is configured on this Disk Encryption Set. Possible values are `SystemAssigned`, `UserAssigned`, `SystemAssigned, UserAssigned` (to enable both). 
 
 * `identity_ids` - (Optional) A list of User Assigned Managed Identity IDs to be assigned to this Disk Encryption Set.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/disk_sas_token.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/disk_sas_token.html.markdown
index 5d7344fb2244..83809f5e14ab 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/disk_sas_token.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/disk_sas_token.html.markdown
@@ -46,9 +46,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `managed_disk_id` - (Required) The ID of an existing Managed Disk which should be exported. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `duration_in_seconds` - (Required) The duration for which the export should be allowed. Should be between 30 & 4294967295 seconds.
+* `duration_in_seconds` - (Required) The duration for which the export should be allowed. Should be between 30 & 4294967295 seconds. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `access_level` - (Required) The level of access required on the disk. Supported are Read, Write.
+* `access_level` - (Required) The level of access required on the disk. Supported are Read, Write. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 Refer to the [SAS creation reference from Azure](https://docs.microsoft.com/rest/api/compute/disks/grant-access)
 for additional details on the fields above.
diff --git a/website/docs/r/elastic_cloud_elasticsearch.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/elastic_cloud_elasticsearch.html.markdown
index 3f9026798459..27cc93fd6c09 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/elastic_cloud_elasticsearch.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/elastic_cloud_elasticsearch.html.markdown
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ The `filtering_tag` block supports the following:
 
 * `action` - (Required) Specifies the type of action which should be taken when the Tag matches the `name` and `value`. Possible values are `Exclude` and `Include`.
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name (key) of the Tag which should be filtered. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name (key) of the Tag which should be filtered.
 
 * `value` - (Required) Specifies the value of the Tag which should be filtered.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/eventgrid_domain.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/eventgrid_domain.html.markdown
index 57ff035790ce..b4f0305af5d2 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/eventgrid_domain.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/eventgrid_domain.html.markdown
@@ -44,9 +44,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `input_schema` - (Optional) Specifies the schema in which incoming events will be published to this domain. Allowed values are `CloudEventSchemaV1_0`, `CustomEventSchema`, or `EventGridSchema`. Defaults to `eventgridschema`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `input_mapping_fields` - (Optional) A `input_mapping_fields` block as defined below.
+* `input_mapping_fields` - (Optional) A `input_mapping_fields` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `input_mapping_default_values` - (Optional) A `input_mapping_default_values` block as defined below.
+* `input_mapping_default_values` - (Optional) A `input_mapping_default_values` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `public_network_access_enabled` - (Optional) Whether or not public network access is allowed for this server. Defaults to `true`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/eventgrid_topic.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/eventgrid_topic.html.markdown
index 4fb3f5880e4a..bce7d0bac7a0 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/eventgrid_topic.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/eventgrid_topic.html.markdown
@@ -46,9 +46,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `input_schema` - (Optional) Specifies the schema in which incoming events will be published to this domain. Allowed values are `CloudEventSchemaV1_0`, `CustomEventSchema`, or `EventGridSchema`. Defaults to `EventGridSchema`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `input_mapping_fields` - (Optional) A `input_mapping_fields` block as defined below.
+* `input_mapping_fields` - (Optional) A `input_mapping_fields` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `input_mapping_default_values` - (Optional) A `input_mapping_default_values` block as defined below.
+* `input_mapping_default_values` - (Optional) A `input_mapping_default_values` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `public_network_access_enabled` - (Optional) Whether or not public network access is allowed for this server. Defaults to `true`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/eventhub.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/eventhub.html.markdown
index 4f2d6339b37c..97fbe7144215 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/eventhub.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/eventhub.html.markdown
@@ -73,9 +73,9 @@ A `capture_description` block supports the following:
 
 * `interval_in_seconds` - (Optional) Specifies the time interval in seconds at which the capture will happen. Values can be between `60` and `900` seconds. Defaults to `300` seconds.
 
-* `size_limit_in_bytes` - (Optional) Specifies the amount of data built up in your EventHub before a Capture Operation occurs. Value should be between `10485760` and `524288000`  bytes. Defaults to `314572800` bytes.
+* `size_limit_in_bytes` - (Optional) Specifies the amount of data built up in your EventHub before a Capture Operation occurs. Value should be between `10485760` and `524288000` bytes. Defaults to `314572800` bytes.
 
-* `skip_empty_archives` - (Optional) Specifies if empty files should not be emitted if no events occur during the Capture time window.  Defaults to `false`.
+* `skip_empty_archives` - (Optional) Specifies if empty files should not be emitted if no events occur during the Capture time window. Defaults to `false`.
 
 * `destination` - (Required) A `destination` block as defined below.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/eventhub_namespace.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/eventhub_namespace.html.markdown
index 54a0396f6ff3..8fa7439bb6b4 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/eventhub_namespace.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/eventhub_namespace.html.markdown
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ A `network_rulesets` block supports the following:
 
 * `default_action` - (Required) The default action to take when a rule is not matched. Possible values are `Allow` and `Deny`.
 
-* `public_network_access_enabled` - (Optional)  Is public network access enabled for the EventHub Namespace? Defaults to `true`.
+* `public_network_access_enabled` - (Optional) Is public network access enabled for the EventHub Namespace? Defaults to `true`.
 
 * ~> **Note:** The public network access setting at the network rule sets level should be the same as it's at the namespace level.
 
@@ -118,19 +118,15 @@ The following attributes are exported:
 The following attributes are exported only if there is an authorization rule named
 `RootManageSharedAccessKey` which is created automatically by Azure.
 
-* `default_primary_connection_string` - The primary connection string for the authorization
-    rule `RootManageSharedAccessKey`.
+* `default_primary_connection_string` - The primary connection string for the authorization rule `RootManageSharedAccessKey`.
 
-* `default_primary_connection_string_alias` - The alias of the primary connection string for the authorization
-    rule `RootManageSharedAccessKey`, which is generated when disaster recovery is enabled.
+* `default_primary_connection_string_alias` - The alias of the primary connection string for the authorization rule `RootManageSharedAccessKey`, which is generated when disaster recovery is enabled.
 
 * `default_primary_key` - The primary access key for the authorization rule `RootManageSharedAccessKey`.
 
-* `default_secondary_connection_string` - The secondary connection string for the
-    authorization rule `RootManageSharedAccessKey`.
+* `default_secondary_connection_string` - The secondary connection string for the authorization rule `RootManageSharedAccessKey`.
 
-* `default_secondary_connection_string_alias` - The alias of the secondary connection string for the
-    authorization rule `RootManageSharedAccessKey`, which is generated when disaster recovery is enabled.
+* `default_secondary_connection_string_alias` - The alias of the secondary connection string for the authorization rule `RootManageSharedAccessKey`, which is generated when disaster recovery is enabled.
 
 * `default_secondary_key` - The secondary access key for the authorization rule `RootManageSharedAccessKey`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/express_route_circuit_authorization.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/express_route_circuit_authorization.html.markdown
index 783fe3b7aac7..f745b31c80bc 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/express_route_circuit_authorization.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/express_route_circuit_authorization.html.markdown
@@ -49,8 +49,7 @@ resource "azurerm_express_route_circuit_authorization" "example" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the ExpressRoute circuit. Changing this forces a
-    new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the ExpressRoute circuit. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group in which to Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
     create the ExpressRoute circuit. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
diff --git a/website/docs/r/express_route_circuit_peering.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/express_route_circuit_peering.html.markdown
index 05030f0b3f76..7669fc386cdd 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/express_route_circuit_peering.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/express_route_circuit_peering.html.markdown
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ A `microsoft_peering_config` block contains:
 
 * `customer_asn` - (Optional) The CustomerASN of the peering. Defaults to `0`.
 
-* `routing_registry_name` - (Optional) The Routing Registry against which the AS number and prefixes are registered.  For example:  `ARIN`, `RIPE`, `AFRINIC` etc. Defaults to `NONE`.
+* `routing_registry_name` - (Optional) The Routing Registry against which the AS number and prefixes are registered. For example: `ARIN`, `RIPE`, `AFRINIC` etc. Defaults to `NONE`.
 
 ---
 
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ A `ipv6` block contains:
 
 * `enabled` - (Optional) A boolean value indicating whether the IPv6 peering is enabled. Defaults to `true`.
 
-* `microsoft_peering` - (Optional) A `microsoft_peering` block as defined below.  
+* `microsoft_peering` - (Optional) A `microsoft_peering` block as defined below. 
 
 * `route_filter_id` - (Optional) The ID of the Route Filter. Only available when `peering_type` is set to `MicrosoftPeering`.
 
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ A `microsoft_peering` block contains:
 
 * `customer_asn` - (Optional) The CustomerASN of the peering. Defaults to `0`.
 
-* `routing_registry_name` - (Optional) The Routing Registry against which the AS number and prefixes are registered. For example:  `ARIN`, `RIPE`, `AFRINIC` etc. Defaults to `NONE`.
+* `routing_registry_name` - (Optional) The Routing Registry against which the AS number and prefixes are registered. For example: `ARIN`, `RIPE`, `AFRINIC` etc. Defaults to `NONE`.
 
 ## Attributes Reference
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/express_route_connection.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/express_route_connection.html.markdown
index e825b48fcfc6..2541195f4133 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/express_route_connection.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/express_route_connection.html.markdown
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `enable_internet_security` - (Optional) Is Internet security enabled for this Express Route Connection?
 
-* `routing` - (Optional)  A `routing` block as defined below.
+* `routing` - (Optional) A `routing` block as defined below.
 
 * `routing_weight` - (Optional) The routing weight associated to the Express Route Connection. Possible value is between `0` and `32000`. Defaults to `0`.
 
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ A `routing` block supports the following:
 
 * `associated_route_table_id` - (Optional) The ID of the Virtual Hub Route Table associated with this Express Route Connection.
 
-* `propagated_route_table` - (Optional)  A `propagated_route_table` block as defined below.
+* `propagated_route_table` - (Optional) A `propagated_route_table` block as defined below.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/express_route_port.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/express_route_port.html.markdown
index f9b1948dcae4..4115799d4fc3 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/express_route_port.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/express_route_port.html.markdown
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
   
 * `bandwidth_in_gbps` - (Required) Bandwidth of the Express Route Port in Gbps. Changing this forces a new Express Route Port to be created.
 
-* `encapsulation` - (Required)  The encapsulation method used for the Express Route Port. Changing this forces a new Express Route Port to be created. Possible values are: `Dot1Q`, `QinQ`.
+* `encapsulation` - (Required) The encapsulation method used for the Express Route Port. Changing this forces a new Express Route Port to be created. Possible values are: `Dot1Q`, `QinQ`.
 
 * `peering_location` - (Required) The name of the peering location that this Express Route Port is physically mapped to. Changing this forces a new Express Route Port to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/firewall.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/firewall.html.markdown
index 303207bafbfb..ac2b4bfb1c7b 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/firewall.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/firewall.html.markdown
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `location` - (Required) Specifies the supported Azure location where the resource exists. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `sku_name` - (Required) SKU name of the Firewall. Possible values are `AZFW_Hub` and `AZFW_VNet`.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `sku_name` - (Required) SKU name of the Firewall. Possible values are `AZFW_Hub` and `AZFW_VNet`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `sku_tier` - (Required) SKU tier of the Firewall. Possible values are `Premium`, `Standard` and `Basic`.
 
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `private_ip_ranges` - (Optional) A list of SNAT private CIDR IP ranges, or the special string `IANAPrivateRanges`, which indicates Azure Firewall does not SNAT when the destination IP address is a private range per IANA RFC 1918.
 
-* `management_ip_configuration` - (Optional) A `management_ip_configuration` block as documented below, which allows force-tunnelling of traffic to be performed by the firewall. Adding or removing this block or changing the `subnet_id` in an existing block forces a new resource to be created.
+* `management_ip_configuration` - (Optional) A `management_ip_configuration` block as documented below, which allows force-tunnelling of traffic to be performed by the firewall. Adding or removing this block or changing the `subnet_id` in an existing block forces a new resource to be created. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `threat_intel_mode` - (Optional) The operation mode for threat intelligence-based filtering. Possible values are: `Off`, `Alert` and `Deny`. Defaults to `Alert`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/firewall_nat_rule_collection.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/firewall_nat_rule_collection.html.markdown
index c66a249cf719..b00efbdd2aae 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/firewall_nat_rule_collection.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/firewall_nat_rule_collection.html.markdown
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ A `rule` block supports the following:
 
 * `destination_ports` - (Required) A list of destination ports.
 
-* `protocols` - (Required) A list of protocols. Possible values are `Any`, `ICMP`, `TCP` and `UDP`.  If `action` is `Dnat`, protocols can only be `TCP` and `UDP`.
+* `protocols` - (Required) A list of protocols. Possible values are `Any`, `ICMP`, `TCP` and `UDP`. If `action` is `Dnat`, protocols can only be `TCP` and `UDP`.
 
 * `source_addresses` - (Optional) A list of source IP addresses and/or IP ranges.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/firewall_policy_rule_collection_group.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/firewall_policy_rule_collection_group.html.markdown
index 4b02b63fd27d..cf8c5c2cea81 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/firewall_policy_rule_collection_group.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/firewall_policy_rule_collection_group.html.markdown
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ A `application_rule` (application rule) block supports the following:
 
 * `destination_fqdn_tags` - (Optional) Specifies a list of destination FQDN tags.
 
-* `terminate_tls` - (Optional) Boolean specifying if TLS shall be terminated (true) or not (false). Must be  `true` when using `destination_urls`. Needs Premium SKU for Firewall Policy.
+* `terminate_tls` - (Optional) Boolean specifying if TLS shall be terminated (true) or not (false). Must be `true` when using `destination_urls`. Needs Premium SKU for Firewall Policy.
 
 * `web_categories` - (Optional) Specifies a list of web categories to which access is denied or allowed depending on the value of `action` above. Needs Premium SKU for Firewall Policy.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/frontdoor.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/frontdoor.html.markdown
index a677168548e7..179529117119 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/frontdoor.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/frontdoor.html.markdown
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ The `backend` block supports the following:
 
 The `backend_pool` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Backend Pool. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Backend Pool.
 
 * `backend` - (Required) A `backend` block as defined below.
 
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ The `backend_pool_settings` block supports the following:
 
 The `frontend_endpoint` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the `frontend_endpoint`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the `frontend_endpoint`.
 
 * `host_name` - (Required) Specifies the host name of the `frontend_endpoint`. Must be a domain name. In order to use a name.azurefd.net domain, the name value must match the Front Door name.
 
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ The `frontend_endpoint` block supports the following:
 
 The `backend_pool_health_probe` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Health Probe. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Health Probe.
 
 * `enabled` - (Optional) Is this health probe enabled? Defaults to `true`.
 
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ The `backend_pool_health_probe` block supports the following:
 
 The `backend_pool_load_balancing` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Load Balancer. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Load Balancer.
 
 * `sample_size` - (Optional) The number of samples to consider for load balancing decisions. Defaults to `4`.
 
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ The `backend_pool_load_balancing` block supports the following:
 
 The `routing_rule` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Routing Rule. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Routing Rule.
 
 * `frontend_endpoints` - (Required) The names of the `frontend_endpoint` blocks within this resource to associate with this `routing_rule`.
 
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ The `routing_rule` block supports the following:
 
 * `forwarding_configuration` - (Optional) A `forwarding_configuration` block as defined below.
 
-* `redirect_configuration`   - (Optional) A `redirect_configuration` block as defined below.
+* `redirect_configuration` - (Optional) A `redirect_configuration` block as defined below.
 
 ---
 
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ The `forwarding_configuration` block supports the following:
 
 The `redirect_configuration` block supports the following:
 
-* `custom_host` - (Optional)  Set this to change the URL for the redirection.
+* `custom_host` - (Optional) Set this to change the URL for the redirection.
 
 * `redirect_protocol` - (Required) Protocol to use when redirecting. Valid options are `HttpOnly`, `HttpsOnly`, or `MatchRequest`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/frontdoor_firewall_policy.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/frontdoor_firewall_policy.html.markdown
index e03b608d5ccf..4d05fec3199a 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/frontdoor_firewall_policy.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/frontdoor_firewall_policy.html.markdown
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 The `custom_rule` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Gets name of the resource that is unique within a policy. This name can be used to access the resource. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Gets name of the resource that is unique within a policy. This name can be used to access the resource.
 
 * `action` - (Required) The action to perform when the rule is matched. Possible values are `Allow`, `Block`, `Log`, or `Redirect`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/frontdoor_rules_engine.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/frontdoor_rules_engine.html.markdown
index 728c94bfb845..28404d98a06d 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/frontdoor_rules_engine.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/frontdoor_rules_engine.html.markdown
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 The `rule` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the rule. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the rule.
 
 * `priority` - (Required) Priority of the rule, must be unique per rules engine definition.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/function_app.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/function_app.html.markdown
index 0589d0aeab34..80c62ae731cf 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/function_app.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/function_app.html.markdown
@@ -249,9 +249,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 The `connection_string` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the Connection String. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the Connection String.
 
-* `type` - (Required) The type of the Connection String. Possible values are `APIHub`, `Custom`, `DocDb`, `EventHub`, `MySQL`, `NotificationHub`, `PostgreSQL`, `RedisCache`, `ServiceBus`, `SQLAzure` and  `SQLServer`.
+* `type` - (Required) The type of the Connection String. Possible values are `APIHub`, `Custom`, `DocDb`, `EventHub`, `MySQL`, `NotificationHub`, `PostgreSQL`, `RedisCache`, `ServiceBus`, `SQLAzure` and `SQLServer`.
 
 * `value` - (Required) The value for the Connection String.
 
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ The `site_config` block supports the following:
 
 ~> **NOTE:** This setting is incompatible with the `source_control` block which updates this value based on the setting provided.
 
-* `scm_use_main_ip_restriction` - (Optional)  IP security restrictions for scm to use main. Defaults to `false`.  
+* `scm_use_main_ip_restriction` - (Optional) IP security restrictions for scm to use main. Defaults to `false`. 
 
 -> **NOTE** Any `scm_ip_restriction` blocks configured are ignored by the service when `scm_use_main_ip_restriction` is set to `true`. Any scm restrictions will become active if this is subsequently set to `false` or removed.  
 
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ A `ip_restriction` block supports the following:
 
 * `priority` - (Optional) The priority for this IP Restriction. Restrictions are enforced in priority order. By default, the priority is set to 65000 if not specified.
 
-* `action` - (Optional) Does this restriction `Allow` or `Deny` access for this IP range. Defaults to `Allow`.  
+* `action` - (Optional) Does this restriction `Allow` or `Deny` access for this IP range. Defaults to `Allow`. 
 
 * `headers` - (Optional) The headers for this specific `ip_restriction` as defined below.
 
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ A `scm_ip_restriction` block supports the following:
 
 * `name` - (Optional) The name for this IP Restriction.
 
-* `priority` - (Optional) The priority for this IP Restriction. Restrictions are enforced in priority order. By default, priority is set to 65000 if not specified.  
+* `priority` - (Optional) The priority for this IP Restriction. Restrictions are enforced in priority order. By default, priority is set to 65000 if not specified. 
 
 * `action` - (Optional) Allow or Deny access for this IP range. Defaults to `Allow`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/function_app_slot.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/function_app_slot.html.markdown
index 6dd3b0e24386..bfae83d7813f 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/function_app_slot.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/function_app_slot.html.markdown
@@ -114,8 +114,8 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 The `connection_string` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the Connection String. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
-* `type` - (Required) The type of the Connection String. Possible values are `APIHub`, `Custom`, `DocDb`, `EventHub`, `MySQL`, `NotificationHub`, `PostgreSQL`, `RedisCache`, `ServiceBus`, `SQLAzure` and  `SQLServer`.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the Connection String.
+* `type` - (Required) The type of the Connection String. Possible values are `APIHub`, `Custom`, `DocDb`, `EventHub`, `MySQL`, `NotificationHub`, `PostgreSQL`, `RedisCache`, `ServiceBus`, `SQLAzure` and `SQLServer`.
 * `value` - (Required) The value for the Connection String.
 
 ---
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ A `ip_restriction` block supports the following:
 
 * `priority` - (Optional) The priority for this IP Restriction. Restrictions are enforced in priority order. By default, priority is set to 65000 if not specified.
 
-* `action` - (Optional) Does this restriction `Allow` or `Deny` access for this IP range. Defaults to `Allow`.  
+* `action` - (Optional) Does this restriction `Allow` or `Deny` access for this IP range. Defaults to `Allow`. 
 
 * `headers` - (Optional) The headers for this specific `ip_restriction` as defined below.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/hdinsight_hadoop_cluster.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/hdinsight_hadoop_cluster.html.markdown
index 788aaffc5e6c..0789b15e1673 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/hdinsight_hadoop_cluster.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/hdinsight_hadoop_cluster.html.markdown
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `extension` - (Optional) An `extension` block as defined below.
   
-* `security_profile` - (Optional) A `security_profile` block as defined below.
+* `security_profile` - (Optional) A `security_profile` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ A `head_node` block supports the following:
 
 * `virtual_network_id` - (Optional) The ID of the Virtual Network where the Head Nodes should be provisioned within. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `script_actions` - (Optional)  The script action which will run on the cluster.
+* `script_actions` - (Optional) The script action which will run on the cluster. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ A `zookeeper_node` block supports the following:
 
 A `edge_node` block supports the following:
 
-* `vm_size` - (Required) The Size of the Virtual Machine which should be used as the Edge Nodes. Possible values are `ExtraSmall`, `Small`, `Medium`, `Large`, `ExtraLarge`, `A5`, `A6`, `A7`, `A8`, `A9`, `A10`, `A11`, `Standard_A1_V2`, `Standard_A2_V2`, `Standard_A2m_V2`, `Standard_A3`, `Standard_A4_V2`, `Standard_A4m_V2`, `Standard_A8_V2`, `Standard_A8m_V2`, `Standard_D1`, `Standard_D2`, `Standard_D3`, `Standard_D4`, `Standard_D11`, `Standard_D12`, `Standard_D13`, `Standard_D14`, `Standard_D1_V2`, `Standard_D2_V2`, `Standard_D3_V2`, `Standard_D4_V2`, `Standard_D5_V2`, `Standard_D11_V2`, `Standard_D12_V2`, `Standard_D13_V2`, `Standard_D14_V2`, `Standard_DS1_V2`, `Standard_DS2_V2`, `Standard_DS3_V2`, `Standard_DS4_V2`, `Standard_DS5_V2`, `Standard_DS11_V2`, `Standard_DS12_V2`, `Standard_DS13_V2`, `Standard_DS14_V2`, `Standard_E2_V3`, `Standard_E4_V3`, `Standard_E8_V3`, `Standard_E16_V3`, `Standard_E20_V3`, `Standard_E32_V3`, `Standard_E64_V3`, `Standard_E64i_V3`, `Standard_E2s_V3`, `Standard_E4s_V3`, `Standard_E8s_V3`, `Standard_E16s_V3`, `Standard_E20s_V3`, `Standard_E32s_V3`, `Standard_E64s_V3`, `Standard_E64is_V3`, `Standard_D2a_V4`, `Standard_D4a_V4`, `Standard_D8a_V4`, `Standard_D16a_V4`, `Standard_D32a_V4`, `Standard_D48a_V4`, `Standard_D64a_V4`, `Standard_D96a_V4`, `Standard_E2a_V4`, `Standard_E4a_V4`, `Standard_E8a_V4`, `Standard_E16a_V4`, `Standard_E20a_V4`, `Standard_E32a_V4`, `Standard_E48a_V4`, `Standard_E64a_V4`, `Standard_E96a_V4`, `Standard_G1`, `Standard_G2`, `Standard_G3`, `Standard_G4`, `Standard_G5`, `Standard_F2s_V2`, `Standard_F4s_V2`, `Standard_F8s_V2`, `Standard_F16s_V2`, `Standard_F32s_V2`, `Standard_F64s_V2`, `Standard_F72s_V2`, `Standard_GS1`, `Standard_GS2`, `Standard_GS3`, `Standard_GS4`, `Standard_GS5` and `Standard_NC24`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `vm_size` - (Required) The Size of the Virtual Machine which should be used as the Edge Nodes. Possible values are `ExtraSmall`, `Small`, `Medium`, `Large`, `ExtraLarge`, `A5`, `A6`, `A7`, `A8`, `A9`, `A10`, `A11`, `Standard_A1_V2`, `Standard_A2_V2`, `Standard_A2m_V2`, `Standard_A3`, `Standard_A4_V2`, `Standard_A4m_V2`, `Standard_A8_V2`, `Standard_A8m_V2`, `Standard_D1`, `Standard_D2`, `Standard_D3`, `Standard_D4`, `Standard_D11`, `Standard_D12`, `Standard_D13`, `Standard_D14`, `Standard_D1_V2`, `Standard_D2_V2`, `Standard_D3_V2`, `Standard_D4_V2`, `Standard_D5_V2`, `Standard_D11_V2`, `Standard_D12_V2`, `Standard_D13_V2`, `Standard_D14_V2`, `Standard_DS1_V2`, `Standard_DS2_V2`, `Standard_DS3_V2`, `Standard_DS4_V2`, `Standard_DS5_V2`, `Standard_DS11_V2`, `Standard_DS12_V2`, `Standard_DS13_V2`, `Standard_DS14_V2`, `Standard_E2_V3`, `Standard_E4_V3`, `Standard_E8_V3`, `Standard_E16_V3`, `Standard_E20_V3`, `Standard_E32_V3`, `Standard_E64_V3`, `Standard_E64i_V3`, `Standard_E2s_V3`, `Standard_E4s_V3`, `Standard_E8s_V3`, `Standard_E16s_V3`, `Standard_E20s_V3`, `Standard_E32s_V3`, `Standard_E64s_V3`, `Standard_E64is_V3`, `Standard_D2a_V4`, `Standard_D4a_V4`, `Standard_D8a_V4`, `Standard_D16a_V4`, `Standard_D32a_V4`, `Standard_D48a_V4`, `Standard_D64a_V4`, `Standard_D96a_V4`, `Standard_E2a_V4`, `Standard_E4a_V4`, `Standard_E8a_V4`, `Standard_E16a_V4`, `Standard_E20a_V4`, `Standard_E32a_V4`, `Standard_E48a_V4`, `Standard_E64a_V4`, `Standard_E96a_V4`, `Standard_G1`, `Standard_G2`, `Standard_G3`, `Standard_G4`, `Standard_G5`, `Standard_F2s_V2`, `Standard_F4s_V2`, `Standard_F8s_V2`, `Standard_F16s_V2`, `Standard_F32s_V2`, `Standard_F64s_V2`, `Standard_F72s_V2`, `Standard_GS1`, `Standard_GS2`, `Standard_GS3`, `Standard_GS4`, `Standard_GS5` and `Standard_NC24`.
 
 * `install_script_action` - (Required) A `install_script_action` block as defined below.
 
@@ -299,9 +299,9 @@ A `edge_node` block supports the following:
 
 A `install_script_action` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the install script action. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the install script action.
 
-* `uri` - (Required) The URI pointing to the script to run during the installation of the edge node. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `uri` - (Required) The URI pointing to the script to run during the installation of the edge node.
 
 * `parameters` - (Optional) The parameters for the script.
 
@@ -343,37 +343,37 @@ A `metastores` block supports the following:
 
 A `hive` block supports the following:
 
-* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Hive metastore.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Hive metastore. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `database_name` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL database.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `database_name` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL database. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `username` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL server admin username.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `username` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL server admin username. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `password` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL server admin password.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `password` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL server admin password. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
 An `oozie` block supports the following:
 
-* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Oozie metastore.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Oozie metastore. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `database_name` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL database.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `database_name` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL database. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `username` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL server admin username.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `username` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL server admin username. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `password` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL server admin password.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `password` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL server admin password. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
 An `ambari` block supports the following:
 
-* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Ambari metastore.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Ambari metastore. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `database_name` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL database.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `database_name` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL database. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `username` - (Required) The external Ambari metastore's existing SQL server admin username.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `username` - (Required) The external Ambari metastore's existing SQL server admin username. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `password` - (Required) The external Ambari metastore's existing SQL server admin password.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `password` - (Required) The external Ambari metastore's existing SQL server admin password. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/hdinsight_hbase_cluster.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/hdinsight_hbase_cluster.html.markdown
index bb9ab43266ee..dd401504a92f 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/hdinsight_hbase_cluster.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/hdinsight_hbase_cluster.html.markdown
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `extension` - (Optional) An `extension` block as defined below.
 
-* `security_profile` - (Optional) A `security_profile` block as defined below.
+* `security_profile` - (Optional) A `security_profile` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ A `head_node` block supports the following:
 
 * `virtual_network_id` - (Optional) The ID of the Virtual Network where the Head Nodes should be provisioned within. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `script_actions` - (Optional)  The script action which will run on the cluster.
+* `script_actions` - (Optional) The script action which will run on the cluster. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
@@ -299,37 +299,37 @@ A `metastores` block supports the following:
 
 A `hive` block supports the following:
 
-* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Hive metastore.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Hive metastore. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `database_name` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL database.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `database_name` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL database. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `username` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL server admin username.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `username` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL server admin username. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `password` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL server admin password.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `password` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL server admin password. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
 An `oozie` block supports the following:
 
-* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Oozie metastore.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Oozie metastore. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `database_name` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL database.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `database_name` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL database. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `username` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL server admin username.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `username` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL server admin username. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `password` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL server admin password.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `password` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL server admin password. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
 An `ambari` block supports the following:
 
-* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Ambari metastore.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Ambari metastore. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `database_name` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL database.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `database_name` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL database. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `username` - (Required) The external Ambari metastore's existing SQL server admin username.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `username` - (Required) The external Ambari metastore's existing SQL server admin username. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `password` - (Required) The external Ambari metastore's existing SQL server admin password.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `password` - (Required) The external Ambari metastore's existing SQL server admin password. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/hdinsight_interactive_query_cluster.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/hdinsight_interactive_query_cluster.html.markdown
index c2180d4254ac..43f61c7845cd 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/hdinsight_interactive_query_cluster.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/hdinsight_interactive_query_cluster.html.markdown
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `extension` - (Optional) An `extension` block as defined below.
 
-* `security_profile` - (Optional) A `security_profile` block as defined below.
+* `security_profile` - (Optional) A `security_profile` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ A `head_node` block supports the following:
 
 * `virtual_network_id` - (Optional) The ID of the Virtual Network where the Head Nodes should be provisioned within. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `script_actions` - (Optional)  The script action which will run on the cluster.
+* `script_actions` - (Optional) The script action which will run on the cluster. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
@@ -305,37 +305,37 @@ A `metastores` block supports the following:
 
 A `hive` block supports the following:
 
-* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Hive metastore.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Hive metastore. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `database_name` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL database.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `database_name` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL database. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `username` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL server admin username.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `username` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL server admin username. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `password` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL server admin password.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `password` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL server admin password. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
 An `oozie` block supports the following:
 
-* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Oozie metastore.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Oozie metastore. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `database_name` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL database.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `database_name` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL database. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `username` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL server admin username.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `username` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL server admin username. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `password` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL server admin password.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `password` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL server admin password. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
 An `ambari` block supports the following:
 
-* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Ambari metastore.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Ambari metastore. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `database_name` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL database.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `database_name` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL database. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `username` - (Required) The external Ambari metastore's existing SQL server admin username.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `username` - (Required) The external Ambari metastore's existing SQL server admin username. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `password` - (Required) The external Ambari metastore's existing SQL server admin password.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `password` - (Required) The external Ambari metastore's existing SQL server admin password. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/hdinsight_kafka_cluster.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/hdinsight_kafka_cluster.html.markdown
index b07ee96c1317..8a082994c784 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/hdinsight_kafka_cluster.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/hdinsight_kafka_cluster.html.markdown
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `rest_proxy` - (Optional) A `rest_proxy` block as defined below.
 
-* `security_profile` - (Optional) A `security_profile` block as defined below.
+* `security_profile` - (Optional) A `security_profile` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
@@ -316,37 +316,37 @@ A `metastores` block supports the following:
 
 A `hive` block supports the following:
 
-* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Hive metastore.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Hive metastore. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `database_name` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL database.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `database_name` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL database. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `username` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL server admin username.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `username` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL server admin username. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `password` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL server admin password.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `password` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL server admin password. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
 An `oozie` block supports the following:
 
-* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Oozie metastore.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Oozie metastore. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `database_name` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL database.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `database_name` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL database. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `username` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL server admin username.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `username` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL server admin username. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `password` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL server admin password.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `password` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL server admin password. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
 An `ambari` block supports the following:
 
-* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Ambari metastore.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Ambari metastore. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `database_name` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL database.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `database_name` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL database. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `username` - (Required) The external Ambari metastore's existing SQL server admin username.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `username` - (Required) The external Ambari metastore's existing SQL server admin username. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `password` - (Required) The external Ambari metastore's existing SQL server admin password.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `password` - (Required) The external Ambari metastore's existing SQL server admin password. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/hdinsight_spark_cluster.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/hdinsight_spark_cluster.html.markdown
index 8ed08cda2755..c0cb0cbb4813 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/hdinsight_spark_cluster.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/hdinsight_spark_cluster.html.markdown
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `extension` - (Optional) An `extension` block as defined below.
 
-* `security_profile` - (Optional) A `security_profile` block as defined below.
+* `security_profile` - (Optional) A `security_profile` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ A `head_node` block supports the following:
 
 * `virtual_network_id` - (Optional) The ID of the Virtual Network where the Head Nodes should be provisioned within. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `script_actions` - (Optional)  The script action which will run on the cluster.
+* `script_actions` - (Optional) The script action which will run on the cluster. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
@@ -301,37 +301,37 @@ A `metastores` block supports the following:
 
 A `hive` block supports the following:
 
-* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Hive metastore.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Hive metastore. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `database_name` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL database.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `database_name` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL database. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `username` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL server admin username.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `username` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL server admin username. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `password` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL server admin password.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `password` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL server admin password. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
 An `oozie` block supports the following:
 
-* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Oozie metastore.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Oozie metastore. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `database_name` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL database.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `database_name` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL database. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `username` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL server admin username.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `username` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL server admin username. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `password` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL server admin password.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `password` - (Required) The external Oozie metastore's existing SQL server admin password. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
 An `ambari` block supports the following:
 
-* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Ambari metastore.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `server` - (Required) The fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the SQL server to use for the external Ambari metastore. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `database_name` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL database.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `database_name` - (Required) The external Hive metastore's existing SQL database. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `username` - (Required) The external Ambari metastore's existing SQL server admin username.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `username` - (Required) The external Ambari metastore's existing SQL server admin username. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `password` - (Required) The external Ambari metastore's existing SQL server admin password.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `password` - (Required) The external Ambari metastore's existing SQL server admin password. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/healthcare_dicom.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/healthcare_dicom.html.markdown
index c40a21667486..85c15c18da0d 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/healthcare_dicom.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/healthcare_dicom.html.markdown
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Healthcare DICOM Service. Changing this forces a new Healthcare DICOM Service to be created.
 
-* `workspace_id`  - (Required) Specifies the id of the Healthcare Workspace where the Healthcare DICOM Service should exist. Changing this forces a new Healthcare DICOM Service to be created.
+* `workspace_id` - (Required) Specifies the id of the Healthcare Workspace where the Healthcare DICOM Service should exist. Changing this forces a new Healthcare DICOM Service to be created.
 
 * `location` - (Required) Specifies the Azure Region where the Healthcare DICOM Service should be created. Changing this forces a new Healthcare DICOM Service to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/healthcare_fhir_service.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/healthcare_fhir_service.html.markdown
index b66ef9b33be6..8f274075493f 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/healthcare_fhir_service.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/healthcare_fhir_service.html.markdown
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Healthcare FHIR Service. Changing this forces a new Healthcare FHIR Service to be created.
 
-* `workspace_id`  - (Required) Specifies the id of the Healthcare Workspace where the Healthcare FHIR Service should exist. Changing this forces a new Healthcare FHIR Service to be created.
+* `workspace_id` - (Required) Specifies the id of the Healthcare Workspace where the Healthcare FHIR Service should exist. Changing this forces a new Healthcare FHIR Service to be created.
 
 * `location` - (Required) Specifies the Azure Region where the Healthcare FHIR Service should be created. Changing this forces a new Healthcare FHIR Service to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/healthcare_medtech_service.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/healthcare_medtech_service.html.markdown
index 0b831469b31e..e3cc34042045 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/healthcare_medtech_service.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/healthcare_medtech_service.html.markdown
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Healthcare Med Tech Service. Changing this forces a new Healthcare Med Tech Service to be created.
 
-* `workspace_id`  - (Required) Specifies the id of the Healthcare Workspace where the Healthcare Med Tech Service should exist. Changing this forces a new Healthcare Med Tech Service to be created.
+* `workspace_id` - (Required) Specifies the id of the Healthcare Workspace where the Healthcare Med Tech Service should exist. Changing this forces a new Healthcare Med Tech Service to be created.
 
 * `location` - (Required) Specifies the Azure Region where the Healthcare Med Tech Service should be created. Changing this forces a new Healthcare Med Tech Service to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/healthcare_medtech_service_fhir_destination.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/healthcare_medtech_service_fhir_destination.html.markdown
index f99ea0b6eef1..5a113dcaa265 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/healthcare_medtech_service_fhir_destination.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/healthcare_medtech_service_fhir_destination.html.markdown
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Healthcare Med Tech Service Fhir Destination. Changing this forces a new Healthcare Med Tech Service Fhir Destination to be created.
 
-* `medtech_service_id`  - (Required) Specifies the name of the Healthcare Med Tech Service where the Healthcare Med Tech Service Fhir Destination should exist. Changing this forces a new Healthcare Med Tech Service Fhir Destination to be created.
+* `medtech_service_id` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Healthcare Med Tech Service where the Healthcare Med Tech Service Fhir Destination should exist. Changing this forces a new Healthcare Med Tech Service Fhir Destination to be created.
 
 * `location` - (Required) Specifies the Azure Region where the Healthcare Med Tech Service Fhir Destination should be created. Changing this forces a new Healthcare Med Tech Service Fhir Destination to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/healthcare_workspace.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/healthcare_workspace.html.markdown
index 8dc0b8e3eeb4..cdb250b7ec84 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/healthcare_workspace.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/healthcare_workspace.html.markdown
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Healthcare Workspace. Changing this forces a new Healthcare Workspace to be created.
 
-* `resource_group_name`  - (Required) Specifies the name of the Resource Group where the Healthcare Workspace should exist. Changing this forces a new Healthcare Workspace to be created.
+* `resource_group_name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Resource Group where the Healthcare Workspace should exist. Changing this forces a new Healthcare Workspace to be created.
 
 * `location` - (Required) Specifies the Azure Region where the Healthcare Workspace should be created. Changing this forces a new Healthcare Workspace to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/image.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/image.html.markdown
index 867b67fe050a..b843ad09bdcc 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/image.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/image.html.markdown
@@ -100,17 +100,16 @@ resource "azurerm_image" "example" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the image. Changing this forces a
-    new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the image. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 * `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group in which to create. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
     the image. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 * `location` - (Required) Specified the supported Azure location where the resource exists. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
     Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 * `source_virtual_machine_id` - (Optional) The Virtual Machine ID from which to create the image.
-* `os_disk` - (Optional) One or more `os_disk` elements as defined below.
+* `os_disk` - (Optional) One or more `os_disk` elements as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 * `data_disk` - (Optional) One or more `data_disk` elements as defined below.
 * `tags` - (Optional) A mapping of tags to assign to the resource.
-* `zone_resilient` - (Optional) Is zone resiliency enabled?  Defaults to `false`.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `zone_resilient` - (Optional) Is zone resiliency enabled? Defaults to `false`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 * `hyper_v_generation` - (Optional) The HyperVGenerationType of the VirtualMachine created from the image as `V1`, `V2`. The default is `V1`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ~> **Note:** `zone_resilient` can only be set to `true` if the image is stored in a region that supports availability zones.
@@ -122,7 +121,7 @@ The `os_disk` block supports the following:
 * `os_type` - (Optional) Specifies the type of operating system contained in the virtual machine image. Possible values are: `Windows` or `Linux`.
 * `os_state` - (Optional) Specifies the state of the operating system contained in the blob. Currently, the only value is Generalized. Possible values are `Generalized` and `Specialized`.
 * `managed_disk_id` - (Optional) Specifies the ID of the managed disk resource that you want to use to create the image.
-* `blob_uri` - (Optional) Specifies the URI in Azure storage of the blob that you want to use to create the image.
+* `blob_uri` - (Optional) Specifies the URI in Azure storage of the blob that you want to use to create the image. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 * `caching` - (Optional) Specifies the caching mode as `ReadWrite`, `ReadOnly`, or `None`. The default is `None`.
 * `size_gb` - (Optional) Specifies the size of the image to be created. The target size can't be smaller than the source size.
 
@@ -131,7 +130,7 @@ The `os_disk` block supports the following:
 The `data_disk` block supports the following:
 
 * `lun` - (Optional) Specifies the logical unit number of the data disk.
-* `managed_disk_id` - (Optional) Specifies the ID of the managed disk resource that you want to use to create the image.
+* `managed_disk_id` - (Optional) Specifies the ID of the managed disk resource that you want to use to create the image. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 * `blob_uri` - (Optional) Specifies the URI in Azure storage of the blob that you want to use to create the image.
 * `caching` - (Optional) Specifies the caching mode as `ReadWrite`, `ReadOnly`, or `None`. The default is `None`.
 * `size_gb` - (Optional) Specifies the size of the image to be created. The target size can't be smaller than the source size.
diff --git a/website/docs/r/integration_service_environment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/integration_service_environment.html.markdown
index f3d95a9c05dd..520bb36c7a87 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/integration_service_environment.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/integration_service_environment.html.markdown
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `location` - (Required) The Azure Region where the Integration Service Environment should exist. Changing this forces a new Integration Service Environment to be created.
 
-* `sku_name` - (Required) The SKU name and capacity of the Integration Service Environment. Possible Values for `sku` element are `Developer` and `Premium` and possible values for the `capacity` element are from `0` to `10`.  Defaults to `sku` of `Developer` with a `Capacity` of `0` (e.g. `Developer_0`). Changing this forces a new Integration Service Environment to be created when `sku` element is not the same with existing one.
+* `sku_name` - (Required) The SKU name and capacity of the Integration Service Environment. Possible Values for `sku` element are `Developer` and `Premium` and possible values for the `capacity` element are from `0` to `10`. Defaults to `sku` of `Developer` with a `Capacity` of `0` (e.g. `Developer_0`). Changing this forces a new Integration Service Environment to be created when `sku` element is not the same with existing one.
 
 ~> **NOTE** For a `sku_name` using the `Developer` `sku` the `capacity` element must be always `0`. For a `sku_name` using the `sku` of `Premium` the `capacity` element can be between `0` and `10`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/iot_time_series_insights_access_policy.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/iot_time_series_insights_access_policy.html.markdown
index 4288a0598b26..f382edbe14b9 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/iot_time_series_insights_access_policy.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/iot_time_series_insights_access_policy.html.markdown
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `time_series_insights_environment_id` - (Required) The resource ID of the Azure IoT Time Series Insights Environment in which to create the Azure IoT Time Series Insights Reference Data Set. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `principal_object_id` - (Required) The id of the principal in Azure Active Directory.
+* `principal_object_id` - (Required) The id of the principal in Azure Active Directory. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `roles` - (Required) A list of roles to apply to the Access Policy. Valid values include `Contributor` and `Reader`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/iothub.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/iothub.html.markdown
index e40db36fcb78..2cc4524e11c3 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/iothub.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/iothub.html.markdown
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ An `endpoint` block supports the following:
 
 * `type` - (Required) The type of the endpoint. Possible values are `AzureIotHub.StorageContainer`, `AzureIotHub.ServiceBusQueue`, `AzureIotHub.ServiceBusTopic` or `AzureIotHub.EventHub`.
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the endpoint. The name must be unique across endpoint types. The following names are reserved:  `events`, `operationsMonitoringEvents`, `fileNotifications` and `$default`.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the endpoint. The name must be unique across endpoint types. The following names are reserved: `events`, `operationsMonitoringEvents`, `fileNotifications` and `$default`.
 
 * `authentication_type` - (Optional) The type used to authenticate against the endpoint. Possible values are `keyBased` and `identityBased`. Defaults to `keyBased`.
 
@@ -330,11 +330,11 @@ The following attributes are exported:
 
 * `id` - The ID of the IoTHub.
 
-* `event_hub_events_endpoint` -  The EventHub compatible endpoint for events data
+* `event_hub_events_endpoint` - The EventHub compatible endpoint for events data
 * `event_hub_events_namespace` - The EventHub namespace for events data
-* `event_hub_events_path` -  The EventHub compatible path for events data
-* `event_hub_operations_endpoint` -  The EventHub compatible endpoint for operational data
-* `event_hub_operations_path` -  The EventHub compatible path for operational data
+* `event_hub_events_path` - The EventHub compatible path for events data
+* `event_hub_operations_endpoint` - The EventHub compatible endpoint for operational data
+* `event_hub_operations_path` - The EventHub compatible path for operational data
 
 -> **NOTE:** These fields can be used in conjunction with the `shared_access_policy` block to build a connection string
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/iothub_dps.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/iothub_dps.html.markdown
index 5cb41299662f..ebb328739c21 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/iothub_dps.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/iothub_dps.html.markdown
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ An `ip_filter_rule` block supports the following:
 
 * `ip_mask` - (Required) The IP address range in CIDR notation for the rule.
 
-* `action` - (Required) The desired action for requests captured by this rule. Possible values are  `Accept`, `Reject`
+* `action` - (Required) The desired action for requests captured by this rule. Possible values are `Accept`, `Reject`
 
 * `target` - (Optional) Target for requests captured by this rule. Possible values are `All`, `DeviceApi` and `ServiceApi`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/iothub_endpoint_eventhub.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/iothub_endpoint_eventhub.html.markdown
index 52683de10d45..7c42ba4d49f6 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/iothub_endpoint_eventhub.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/iothub_endpoint_eventhub.html.markdown
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ resource "azurerm_iothub_endpoint_eventhub" "example" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the endpoint. The name must be unique across endpoint types. The following names are reserved:  `events`, `operationsMonitoringEvents`, `fileNotifications` and `$default`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the endpoint. The name must be unique across endpoint types. The following names are reserved: `events`, `operationsMonitoringEvents`, `fileNotifications` and `$default`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group under which the Event Hub has been created. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/iothub_endpoint_servicebus_queue.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/iothub_endpoint_servicebus_queue.html.markdown
index 2260fd316589..b68563345df1 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/iothub_endpoint_servicebus_queue.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/iothub_endpoint_servicebus_queue.html.markdown
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ resource "azurerm_iothub_endpoint_servicebus_queue" "example" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the endpoint. The name must be unique across endpoint types. The following names are reserved:  `events`, `operationsMonitoringEvents`, `fileNotifications` and `$default`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the endpoint. The name must be unique across endpoint types. The following names are reserved: `events`, `operationsMonitoringEvents`, `fileNotifications` and `$default`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group under which the Service Bus Queue has been created. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/iothub_endpoint_servicebus_topic.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/iothub_endpoint_servicebus_topic.html.markdown
index 45adc8f21050..7354342fa000 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/iothub_endpoint_servicebus_topic.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/iothub_endpoint_servicebus_topic.html.markdown
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ resource "azurerm_iothub_endpoint_servicebus_topic" "example" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the endpoint. The name must be unique across endpoint types. The following names are reserved:  `events`, `operationsMonitoringEvents`, `fileNotifications` and `$default`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the endpoint. The name must be unique across endpoint types. The following names are reserved: `events`, `operationsMonitoringEvents`, `fileNotifications` and `$default`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group under which the Service Bus Topic has been created. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/iothub_endpoint_storage_container.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/iothub_endpoint_storage_container.html.markdown
index 6c70b8d8b2c8..aa67d8e39def 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/iothub_endpoint_storage_container.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/iothub_endpoint_storage_container.html.markdown
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ resource "azurerm_iothub_endpoint_storage_container" "example" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the endpoint. The name must be unique across endpoint types. The following names are reserved:  `events`, `operationsMonitoringEvents`, `fileNotifications` and `$default`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the endpoint. The name must be unique across endpoint types. The following names are reserved: `events`, `operationsMonitoringEvents`, `fileNotifications` and `$default`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group under which the Storage Container has been created. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/key_vault_certificate.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/key_vault_certificate.html.markdown
index 7a08ac719dd9..0b2a18ffdc2e 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/key_vault_certificate.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/key_vault_certificate.html.markdown
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `certificate` - (Optional) A `certificate` block as defined below, used to Import an existing certificate.
 
-* `certificate_policy` - (Optional) A `certificate_policy` block as defined below.
+* `certificate_policy` - (Optional) A `certificate_policy` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ~> **NOTE:** When creating a Key Vault Certificate, at least one of `certificate` or `certificate_policy` is required. Provide `certificate` to import an existing certificate, `certificate_policy` to generate a new certificate.
 
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ The `x509_certificate_properties` block supports the following:
 * `extended_key_usage` - (Optional) A list of Extended/Enhanced Key Usages. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 * `key_usage` - (Required) A list of uses associated with this Key. Possible values include `cRLSign`, `dataEncipherment`, `decipherOnly`, `digitalSignature`, `encipherOnly`, `keyAgreement`, `keyCertSign`, `keyEncipherment` and `nonRepudiation` and are case-sensitive. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 * `subject` - (Required) The Certificate's Subject. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
-* `subject_alternative_names` - (Optional) A `subject_alternative_names` block as defined below.
+* `subject_alternative_names` - (Optional) A `subject_alternative_names` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 * `validity_in_months` - (Required) The Certificates Validity Period in Months. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
diff --git a/website/docs/r/key_vault_managed_hardware_security_module.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/key_vault_managed_hardware_security_module.html.markdown
index 697f150d3ce9..1515b07cfc73 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/key_vault_managed_hardware_security_module.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/key_vault_managed_hardware_security_module.html.markdown
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `tenant_id` - (Required) The Azure Active Directory Tenant ID that should be used for authenticating requests to the key vault Managed Hardware Security Module. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `purge_protection_enabled` - (Optional) Is Purge Protection enabled for this Key Vault Managed Hardware Security Module?  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `purge_protection_enabled` - (Optional) Is Purge Protection enabled for this Key Vault Managed Hardware Security Module? Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `soft_delete_retention_days` - (Optional) The number of days that items should be retained for once soft-deleted. This value can be between `7` and `90` days. Defaults to `90`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/kubernetes_cluster.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/kubernetes_cluster.html.markdown
index 541eb5a178be..e5e77d8242bc 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/kubernetes_cluster.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/kubernetes_cluster.html.markdown
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ In addition, one of either `identity` or `service_principal` blocks must be spec
 
 * `key_vault_secrets_provider` - (Optional) A `key_vault_secrets_provider` block as defined below. For more details, please visit [Azure Keyvault Secrets Provider for AKS](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/aks/csi-secrets-store-driver).
 
-* `kubelet_identity` - (Optional) A `kubelet_identity` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `kubelet_identity` - (Optional) A `kubelet_identity` block as defined below.
 
 * `kubernetes_version` - (Optional) Version of Kubernetes specified when creating the AKS managed cluster. If not specified, the latest recommended version will be used at provisioning time (but won't auto-upgrade). AKS does not require an exact patch version to be specified, minor version aliases such as `1.22` are also supported. - The minor version's latest GA patch is automatically chosen in that case. More details can be found in [the documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/aks/supported-kubernetes-versions?tabs=azure-cli#alias-minor-version).
 
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ In addition, one of either `identity` or `service_principal` blocks must be spec
 
 -> **Note:** This requires that the Preview Feature `Microsoft.ContainerService/AKS-AzureDefender` is enabled, see [the documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/defender-for-cloud/defender-for-containers-enable?tabs=aks-deploy-portal%2Ck8s-deploy-asc%2Ck8s-verify-asc%2Ck8s-remove-arc%2Caks-removeprofile-api&pivots=defender-for-container-aks) for more information.
 
-* `network_profile` - (Optional) A `network_profile` block as defined below.
+* `network_profile` - (Optional) A `network_profile` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 -> **Note:** If `network_profile` is not defined, `kubenet` profile will be used by default.
 
@@ -366,15 +366,15 @@ A `default_node_pool` block supports the following:
 
 -> **Note:** If you're using AutoScaling, you may wish to use [Terraform's `ignore_changes` functionality](https://www.terraform.io/docs/language/meta-arguments/lifecycle.html#ignore_changes) to ignore changes to the `node_count` field.
 
-* `enable_host_encryption` - (Optional) Should the nodes in the Default Node Pool have host encryption enabled?  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `enable_host_encryption` - (Optional) Should the nodes in the Default Node Pool have host encryption enabled? Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `enable_node_public_ip` - (Optional) Should nodes in this Node Pool have a Public IP Address?  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `enable_node_public_ip` - (Optional) Should nodes in this Node Pool have a Public IP Address? Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `host_group_id` - (Optional) Specifies the ID of the Host Group within which this AKS Cluster should be created. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `kubelet_config` - (Optional) A `kubelet_config` block as defined below.
+* `kubelet_config` - (Optional) A `kubelet_config` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `linux_os_config` - (Optional) A `linux_os_config` block as defined below.
+* `linux_os_config` - (Optional) A `linux_os_config` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `fips_enabled` - (Optional) Should the nodes in this Node Pool have Federal Information Processing Standard enabled? Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ A `default_node_pool` block supports the following:
 
 * `node_labels` - (Optional) A map of Kubernetes labels which should be applied to nodes in the Default Node Pool.
 
-* `node_taints` - (Optional) A list of the taints added to new nodes during node pool create and scale.
+* `node_taints` - (Optional) A list of the taints added to new nodes during node pool create and scale. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `only_critical_addons_enabled` - (Optional) Enabling this option will taint default node pool with `CriticalAddonsOnly=true:NoSchedule` taint. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
@@ -494,11 +494,11 @@ A `kubelet_config` block supports the following:
 
 The `kubelet_identity` block supports the following:
 
-* `client_id` - (Optional) The Client ID of the user-defined Managed Identity to be assigned to the Kubelets. If not specified a Managed Identity is created automatically.
+* `client_id` - (Optional) The Client ID of the user-defined Managed Identity to be assigned to the Kubelets. If not specified a Managed Identity is created automatically. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `object_id` - (Optional) The Object ID of the user-defined Managed Identity assigned to the Kubelets.If not specified a Managed Identity is created automatically.
+* `object_id` - (Optional) The Object ID of the user-defined Managed Identity assigned to the Kubelets.If not specified a Managed Identity is created automatically. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `user_assigned_identity_id` - (Optional) The ID of the User Assigned Identity assigned to the Kubelets. If not specified a Managed Identity is created automatically.
+* `user_assigned_identity_id` - (Optional) The ID of the User Assigned Identity assigned to the Kubelets. If not specified a Managed Identity is created automatically. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 -> **NOTE:** When `kubelet_identity` is enabled - The `type` field in the `identity` block must be set to `UserAssigned` and `identity_ids` must be set.
 
@@ -610,9 +610,9 @@ Examples of how to use [AKS with Advanced Networking](https://docs.microsoft.com
 
 * `load_balancer_sku` - (Optional) Specifies the SKU of the Load Balancer used for this Kubernetes Cluster. Possible values are `basic` and `standard`. Defaults to `standard`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `load_balancer_profile` - (Optional) A `load_balancer_profile` block as defined below. This can only be specified when `load_balancer_sku` is set to `standard`.
+* `load_balancer_profile` - (Optional) A `load_balancer_profile` block as defined below. This can only be specified when `load_balancer_sku` is set to `standard`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `nat_gateway_profile` - (Optional) A `nat_gateway_profile` block as defined below. This can only be specified when `load_balancer_sku` is set to `standard` and `outbound_type` is set to `managedNATGateway` or `userAssignedNATGateway`.
+* `nat_gateway_profile` - (Optional) A `nat_gateway_profile` block as defined below. This can only be specified when `load_balancer_sku` is set to `standard` and `outbound_type` is set to `managedNATGateway` or `userAssignedNATGateway`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
@@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ In addition to all arguments above, the following attributes are exported:
 
 * `oidc_issuer_url` - The OIDC issuer URL that is associated with the cluster.
 
-* `node_resource_group` - (Optional) The auto-generated Resource Group which contains the resources for this Managed Kubernetes Cluster.
+* `node_resource_group` - (Optional) The auto-generated Resource Group which contains the resources for this Managed Kubernetes Cluster. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/kubernetes_cluster_node_pool.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/kubernetes_cluster_node_pool.html.markdown
index de91226f3572..ec6aae03b8d1 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/kubernetes_cluster_node_pool.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/kubernetes_cluster_node_pool.html.markdown
@@ -78,11 +78,11 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `enable_auto_scaling` - (Optional) Whether to enable [auto-scaler](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/aks/cluster-autoscaler).
 
-* `enable_host_encryption` - (Optional) Should the nodes in this Node Pool have host encryption enabled?  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `enable_host_encryption` - (Optional) Should the nodes in this Node Pool have host encryption enabled? Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ~> **NOTE:** Additional fields must be configured depending on the value of this field - see below.
 
-* `enable_node_public_ip` - (Optional) Should each node have a Public IP Address?   Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `enable_node_public_ip` - (Optional) Should each node have a Public IP Address? Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `eviction_policy` - (Optional) The Eviction Policy which should be used for Virtual Machines within the Virtual Machine Scale Set powering this Node Pool. Possible values are `Deallocate` and `Delete`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
@@ -90,9 +90,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `host_group_id` - (Optional) The fully qualified resource ID of the Dedicated Host Group to provision virtual machines from. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `kubelet_config` - (Optional) A `kubelet_config` block as defined below.
+* `kubelet_config` - (Optional) A `kubelet_config` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `linux_os_config` - (Optional) A `linux_os_config` block as defined below.
+* `linux_os_config` - (Optional) A `linux_os_config` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `fips_enabled` - (Optional) Should the nodes in this Node Pool have Federal Information Processing Standard enabled? Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 ~> **NOTE:** A route table must be configured on this Subnet.
 
-* `windows_profile` - (Optional) A `windows_profile` block as documented below.
+* `windows_profile` - (Optional) A `windows_profile` block as documented below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `workload_runtime` - (Optional) Used to specify the workload runtime. Allowed values are `OCIContainer` and `WasmWasi`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/kusto_cluster.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/kusto_cluster.html.markdown
index cc1901ec4dd6..0b492468c1a9 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/kusto_cluster.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/kusto_cluster.html.markdown
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `allowed_ip_ranges` - (Optional) The list of ips in the format of CIDR allowed to connect to the cluster.
 
-* `double_encryption_enabled` - (Optional) Is the cluster's double encryption enabled?  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `double_encryption_enabled` - (Optional) Is the cluster's double encryption enabled? Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `identity` - (Optional) An `identity` block as defined below.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/kusto_eventgrid_data_connection.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/kusto_eventgrid_data_connection.html.markdown
index 16f3d7c78057..a63326935e14 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/kusto_eventgrid_data_connection.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/kusto_eventgrid_data_connection.html.markdown
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `eventgrid_resource_id` - (Optional) The resource ID of the event grid that is subscribed to the storage account events.
 
-* `managed_identity_resource_id` - (Optional) Empty for non-managed identity based data connection. For system assigned identity, provide cluster resource Id.  For user assigned identity (UAI) provide the UAI resource Id.
+* `managed_identity_resource_id` - (Optional) Empty for non-managed identity based data connection. For system assigned identity, provide cluster resource Id. For user assigned identity (UAI) provide the UAI resource Id.
 
 * `mapping_rule_name` - (Optional) Specifies the mapping rule used for the message ingestion. Mapping rule must exist before resource is created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/kusto_script.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/kusto_script.html.markdown
index e498c788304b..0a70bab01cde 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/kusto_script.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/kusto_script.html.markdown
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `sas_token` - (Optional) The SAS token used to access the script. Must be provided when using scriptUrl property. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `url` - (Optional) The url to the KQL script blob file.  Must not be used together with scriptContent property. Please reference [this documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-explorer/database-script) that describes the commands that are allowed in the script.
+* `url` - (Optional) The url to the KQL script blob file. Must not be used together with scriptContent property. Please reference [this documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/data-explorer/database-script) that describes the commands that are allowed in the script.
 
 ## Attributes Reference
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/lab_service_lab.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/lab_service_lab.html.markdown
index 57e0a0bf101c..2264d52a6abc 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/lab_service_lab.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/lab_service_lab.html.markdown
@@ -161,9 +161,9 @@ An `image_reference` block supports the following:
 
 A `non_admin_user` block supports the following:
 
-* `username` - (Required) The username to use when signing in to Lab Service Lab VMs. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `username` - (Required) The username to use when signing in to Lab Service Lab VMs.
 
-* `password` - (Required) The password for the user. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `password` - (Required) The password for the user.
 
 ---
 
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ A `sku` block supports the following:
 
 A `network` block supports the following:
 
-* `subnet_id` - (Optional) The resource ID of the Subnet for the network profile of the Lab Service Lab. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `subnet_id` - (Optional) The resource ID of the Subnet for the network profile of the Lab Service Lab.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/lb.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/lb.html.markdown
index dfaff725d7e3..3ce39ab65001 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/lb.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/lb.html.markdown
@@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 The `frontend_ip_configuration` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the frontend IP configuration. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the frontend IP configuration.
 
-* `zones` - (Optional) Specifies a list of Availability Zones in which the IP Address for this Load Balancer should be located. Changing this forces a new Load Balancer to be created.
+* `zones` - (Optional) Specifies a list of Availability Zones in which the IP Address for this Load Balancer should be located.
 
 -> **NOTE:** Availability Zones are only supported with a [Standard SKU](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/load-balancer/load-balancer-standard-availability-zones) and [in select regions](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/availability-zones/az-overview) at this time.
 
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ A `frontend_ip_configuration` block exports the following:
 * `outbound_rules` - The list of IDs outbound rules that use this frontend IP.
 * `private_ip_address` - Private IP Address to assign to the Load Balancer.
 * `private_ip_address_allocation` - The allocation method for the Private IP Address used by this Load Balancer. Possible values are `Dynamic` and `Static`.
-* `public_ip_address_id` - The ID of a  Public IP Address which is associated with this Load Balancer.
+* `public_ip_address_id` - The ID of a Public IP Address which is associated with this Load Balancer.
 * `public_ip_prefix_id` - The ID of a Public IP Prefix which is associated with the Load Balancer.
 * `subnet_id` - The ID of the Subnet which is associated with the IP Configuration.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/lb_probe.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/lb_probe.html.markdown
index 823cb94d3697..95c88e66fc5f 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/lb_probe.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/lb_probe.html.markdown
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 * `loadbalancer_id` - (Required) The ID of the LoadBalancer in which to create the NAT Rule. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 * `protocol` - (Optional) Specifies the protocol of the end point. Possible values are `Http`, `Https` or `Tcp`. If TCP is specified, a received ACK is required for the probe to be successful. If HTTP is specified, a 200 OK response from the specified URI is required for the probe to be successful.
 * `port` - (Required) Port on which the Probe queries the backend endpoint. Possible values range from 1 to 65535, inclusive.
-* `probe_threshold` -  (Optional) The number of consecutive successful or failed probes that allow or deny traffic to this endpoint. Possible values range from `1` to `100`. The default value is `1`.
+* `probe_threshold` - (Optional) The number of consecutive successful or failed probes that allow or deny traffic to this endpoint. Possible values range from `1` to `100`. The default value is `1`.
 * `request_path` - (Optional) The URI used for requesting health status from the backend endpoint. Required if protocol is set to `Http` or `Https`. Otherwise, it is not allowed.
 * `interval_in_seconds` - (Optional) The interval, in seconds between probes to the backend endpoint for health status. The default value is 15, the minimum value is 5.
 * `number_of_probes` - (Optional) The number of failed probe attempts after which the backend endpoint is removed from rotation. The default value is 2. NumberOfProbes multiplied by intervalInSeconds value must be greater or equal to 10.Endpoints are returned to rotation when at least one probe is successful.
diff --git a/website/docs/r/lb_rule.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/lb_rule.html.markdown
index a715928b48e9..a4c899d51769 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/lb_rule.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/lb_rule.html.markdown
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 * `probe_id` - (Optional) A reference to a Probe used by this Load Balancing Rule.
 * `enable_floating_ip` - (Optional) Are the Floating IPs enabled for this Load Balncer Rule? A "floating” IP is reassigned to a secondary server in case the primary server fails. Required to configure a SQL AlwaysOn Availability Group. Defaults to `false`.
 * `idle_timeout_in_minutes` - (Optional) Specifies the idle timeout in minutes for TCP connections. Valid values are between `4` and `30` minutes. Defaults to `4` minutes.
-* `load_distribution` - (Optional) Specifies the load balancing distribution type to be used by the Load Balancer. Possible values are: `Default` – The load balancer is configured to use a 5 tuple hash to map traffic to available servers. `SourceIP` – The load balancer is configured to use a 2 tuple hash to map traffic to available servers. `SourceIPProtocol` – The load balancer is configured to use a 3 tuple hash to map traffic to available servers. Also known as Session Persistence, where  the options are called `None`, `Client IP` and `Client IP and Protocol` respectively.
+* `load_distribution` - (Optional) Specifies the load balancing distribution type to be used by the Load Balancer. Possible values are: `Default` – The load balancer is configured to use a 5 tuple hash to map traffic to available servers. `SourceIP` – The load balancer is configured to use a 2 tuple hash to map traffic to available servers. `SourceIPProtocol` – The load balancer is configured to use a 3 tuple hash to map traffic to available servers. Also known as Session Persistence, where the options are called `None`, `Client IP` and `Client IP and Protocol` respectively.
 * `disable_outbound_snat` - (Optional) Is snat enabled for this Load Balancer Rule? Default `false`.
 * `enable_tcp_reset` - (Optional) Is TCP Reset enabled for this Load Balancer Rule? 
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/linux_function_app.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/linux_function_app.html.markdown
index b65b8759f7d6..e65f81526e56 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/linux_function_app.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/linux_function_app.html.markdown
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ A `application_stack` block supports the following:
 
 * `node_version` - (Optional) The version of Node to run. Possible values include `12`, `14`, `16` and `18`.
 
-* `python_version` - (Optional) The version of Python to run. Possible values include `3.6`, `3.7`, `3.8`, and `3.9`.
+* `python_version` - (Optional) The version of Python to run. Possible values are `3.10`, `3.9`, `3.8` and `3.7`.
 
 * `powershell_core_version` - (Optional) The version of PowerShell Core to run. Possible values are `7`, and `7.2`.
 
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ A `google` block supports the following:
 
 * `client_id` - (Required) The OpenID Connect Client ID for the Google web application.
 
-* `client_secret` - (Optional) The client secret associated with the Google web application.  Cannot be specified with `client_secret_setting_name`.
+* `client_secret` - (Optional) The client secret associated with the Google web application. Cannot be specified with `client_secret_setting_name`.
 
 * `client_secret_setting_name` - (Optional) The app setting name that contains the `client_secret` value used for Google login. Cannot be specified with `client_secret`.
 
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ A `site_config` block supports the following:
 
 * `managed_pipeline_mode` - (Optional) Managed pipeline mode. Possible values include: `Integrated`, `Classic`. Defaults to `Integrated`.
 
-* `minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests. Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and  `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
+* `minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests. Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
 
 * `pre_warmed_instance_count` - (Optional) The number of pre-warmed instances for this function app. Only affects apps on an Elastic Premium plan.
 
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ A `site_config` block supports the following:
 
 * `scm_ip_restriction` - (Optional) One or more `scm_ip_restriction` blocks as defined above.
 
-* `scm_minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) Configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests to the SCM site Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and  `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
+* `scm_minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) Configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests to the SCM site Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
 
 * `scm_use_main_ip_restriction` - (Optional) Should the Linux Function App `ip_restriction` configuration be used for the SCM also.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/linux_function_app_slot.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/linux_function_app_slot.html.markdown
index b066f4715683..8f93d46530b9 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/linux_function_app_slot.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/linux_function_app_slot.html.markdown
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ A `site_config` block supports the following:
 
 * `managed_pipeline_mode` - (Optional) The Managed Pipeline mode. Possible values include: `Integrated`, `Classic`. Defaults to `Integrated`.
 
-* `minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests. Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and  `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
+* `minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests. Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
 
 * `pre_warmed_instance_count` - (Optional) The number of pre-warmed instances for this function app. Only affects apps on an Elastic Premium plan.
 
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ A `site_config` block supports the following:
 
 * `scm_ip_restriction` - (Optional) a `scm_ip_restriction` block as detailed below.
 
-* `scm_minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) Configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests to the SCM site Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and  `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
+* `scm_minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) Configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests to the SCM site Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
 
 * `scm_type` - The SCM Type in use by the Linux Function App.
 
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ A `google` block supports the following:
 
 * `client_id` - (Required) The OpenID Connect Client ID for the Google web application.
 
-* `client_secret` - (Optional) The client secret associated with the Google web application.  Cannot be specified with `client_secret_setting_name`.
+* `client_secret` - (Optional) The client secret associated with the Google web application. Cannot be specified with `client_secret_setting_name`.
 
 * `client_secret_setting_name` - (Optional) The app setting name that contains the `client_secret` value used for Google login. Cannot be specified with `client_secret`.
 
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ An `application_stack` block supports the following:
 
 * `powershell_core_version` - (Optional) The version of PowerShell Core to use. Possibles values are `7` , and `7.2`.
 
-* `python_version` - (Optional) The version of Python to use. Possible values include `3.9`, `3.8`, and `3.7`.
+* `python_version` - (Optional) The version of Python to use. Possible values are `3.10`, `3.9`, `3.8` and `3.7`.
 
 * `use_custom_runtime` - (Optional) Should the Linux Function App use a custom runtime?
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/linux_virtual_machine.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/linux_virtual_machine.html.markdown
index b50a8303e0de..4c03730457af 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/linux_virtual_machine.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/linux_virtual_machine.html.markdown
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 -> **NOTE:** When an `admin_password` is specified `disable_password_authentication` must be set to `false`.
 ~> **NOTE:** One of either `admin_password` or `admin_ssh_key` must be specified.
 
-* `admin_ssh_key` - (Optional) One or more `admin_ssh_key` blocks as defined below.
+* `admin_ssh_key` - (Optional) One or more `admin_ssh_key` blocks as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ~> **NOTE:** One of either `admin_password` or `admin_ssh_key` must be specified.
 
@@ -328,13 +328,13 @@ A `secret` block supports the following:
 
 The `source_image_reference` block supports the following:
 
-* `publisher` - (Required) Specifies the publisher of the image used to create the virtual machines.
+* `publisher` - (Required) Specifies the publisher of the image used to create the virtual machines. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `offer` - (Required) Specifies the offer of the image used to create the virtual machines.
+* `offer` - (Required) Specifies the offer of the image used to create the virtual machines. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `sku` - (Required) Specifies the SKU of the image used to create the virtual machines.
+* `sku` - (Required) Specifies the SKU of the image used to create the virtual machines. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `version` - (Required) Specifies the version of the image used to create the virtual machines.
+* `version` - (Required) Specifies the version of the image used to create the virtual machines. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/linux_virtual_machine_scale_set.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/linux_virtual_machine_scale_set.html.markdown
index 0547523d6020..26cad59a9357 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/linux_virtual_machine_scale_set.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/linux_virtual_machine_scale_set.html.markdown
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ resource "azurerm_linux_virtual_machine_scale_set" "example" {
 
 * `overprovision` - (Optional) Should Azure over-provision Virtual Machines in this Scale Set? This means that multiple Virtual Machines will be provisioned and Azure will keep the instances which become available first - which improves provisioning success rates and improves deployment time. You're not billed for these over-provisioned VM's and they don't count towards the Subscription Quota. Defaults to `true`.
 
-* `plan` - (Optional) A `plan` block as defined below.
+* `plan` - (Optional) A `plan` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 -> **NOTE:** When using an image from Azure Marketplace a `plan` must be specified.
 
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ resource "azurerm_linux_virtual_machine_scale_set" "example" {
 
 * `proximity_placement_group_id` - (Optional) The ID of the Proximity Placement Group in which the Virtual Machine Scale Set should be assigned to. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `rolling_upgrade_policy` - (Optional) A `rolling_upgrade_policy` block as defined below. This is Required and can only be specified when `upgrade_mode` is set to `Automatic` or `Rolling`.
+* `rolling_upgrade_policy` - (Optional) A `rolling_upgrade_policy` block as defined below. This is Required and can only be specified when `upgrade_mode` is set to `Automatic` or `Rolling`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `scale_in` - (Optional) A `scale_in` block as defined below.
 
@@ -420,9 +420,9 @@ An `ip_configuration` block supports the following:
 
 An `ip_tag` block supports the following:
 
-* `tag` - (Required) The IP Tag associated with the Public IP, such as `SQL` or `Storage`.
+* `tag` - (Required) The IP Tag associated with the Public IP, such as `SQL` or `Storage`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `type` - (Required) The Type of IP Tag, such as `FirstPartyUsage`.
+* `type` - (Required) The Type of IP Tag, such as `FirstPartyUsage`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
@@ -514,13 +514,13 @@ A `public_ip_address` block supports the following:
 
 * `idle_timeout_in_minutes` - (Optional) The Idle Timeout in Minutes for the Public IP Address. Possible values are in the range `4` to `32`.
 
-* `ip_tag` - (Optional) One or more `ip_tag` blocks as defined above.
+* `ip_tag` - (Optional) One or more `ip_tag` blocks as defined above. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `public_ip_prefix_id` - (Optional) The ID of the Public IP Address Prefix from where Public IP Addresses should be allocated. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 -> **NOTE:** This functionality is in Preview and must be opted into via `az feature register --namespace Microsoft.Network --name AllowBringYourOwnPublicIpAddress` and then `az provider register -n Microsoft.Network`.
 
-* `version` - (Optional) The Internet Protocol Version which should be used for this public IP address. Possible values are `IPv4` and `IPv6`. Defaults to `IPv4`.
+* `version` - (Optional) The Internet Protocol Version which should be used for this public IP address. Possible values are `IPv4` and `IPv6`. Defaults to `IPv4`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
@@ -570,9 +570,9 @@ A `termination_notification` block supports the following:
 
 A `source_image_reference` block supports the following:
 
-* `publisher` - (Required) Specifies the publisher of the image used to create the virtual machines.
+* `publisher` - (Required) Specifies the publisher of the image used to create the virtual machines. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `offer` - (Required) Specifies the offer of the image used to create the virtual machines.
+* `offer` - (Required) Specifies the offer of the image used to create the virtual machines. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `sku` - (Required) Specifies the SKU of the image used to create the virtual machines.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/linux_web_app.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/linux_web_app.html.markdown
index e969d8fe1ed3..804927a1905d 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/linux_web_app.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/linux_web_app.html.markdown
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ A `google` block supports the following:
 
 * `client_id` - (Required) The OpenID Connect Client ID for the Google web application.
 
-* `client_secret` - (Optional) The client secret associated with the Google web application.  Cannot be specified with `client_secret_setting_name`.
+* `client_secret` - (Optional) The client secret associated with the Google web application. Cannot be specified with `client_secret_setting_name`.
 
 * `client_secret_setting_name` - (Optional) The app setting name that contains the `client_secret` value used for Google login. Cannot be specified with `client_secret`.
 
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ A `site_config` block supports the following:
 
 * `managed_pipeline_mode` - (Optional) Managed pipeline mode. Possible values include `Integrated`, and `Classic`.
 
-* `minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests. Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and  `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
+* `minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests. Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
 
 * `remote_debugging_enabled` - (Optional) Should Remote Debugging be enabled? Defaults to `false`.
 
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ A `site_config` block supports the following:
 
 * `scm_ip_restriction` - (Optional) One or more `scm_ip_restriction` blocks as defined above.
 
-* `scm_minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests to the SCM site Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and  `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
+* `scm_minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests to the SCM site Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
 
 * `scm_use_main_ip_restriction` - (Optional) Should the Linux Web App `ip_restriction` configuration be used for the SCM also.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/linux_web_app_slot.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/linux_web_app_slot.html.markdown
index 424d3b3d8ab7..db3e27ed67a7 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/linux_web_app_slot.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/linux_web_app_slot.html.markdown
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * ~> **NOTE:** Terraform will perform a name availability check as part of the creation progress, if this Web App is part of an App Service Environment terraform will require Read permission on the ASE for this to complete reliably.
 
-* `app_service_id` - (Required) The ID of the Linux Web App this Deployment Slot will be part of. Changing this forces a new Linux Web App to be created.
+* `app_service_id` - (Required) The ID of the Linux Web App this Deployment Slot will be part of.
 
 * `site_config` - (Required) A `site_config` block as defined below.
 
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ A `google` block supports the following:
 
 * `client_id` - (Required) The OpenID Connect Client ID for the Google web application.
 
-* `client_secret` - (Optional) The client secret associated with the Google web application.  Cannot be specified with `client_secret_setting_name`.
+* `client_secret` - (Optional) The client secret associated with the Google web application. Cannot be specified with `client_secret_setting_name`.
 
 * `client_secret_setting_name` - (Optional) The app setting name that contains the `client_secret` value used for Google login. Cannot be specified with `client_secret`.
 
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ A `site_config` block supports the following:
 
 * `managed_pipeline_mode` - (Optional) Managed pipeline mode. Possible values include: `Integrated`, `Classic`.
 
-* `minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests. Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and  `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
+* `minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests. Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
 
 * `remote_debugging_enabled` - (Optional) Should Remote Debugging be enabled? Defaults to `false`.
 
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ A `site_config` block supports the following:
 
 * `scm_ip_restriction` - (Optional) One or more `scm_ip_restriction` blocks as defined above.
 
-* `scm_minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests to the SCM site Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and  `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
+* `scm_minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests to the SCM site Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
 
 * `scm_use_main_ip_restriction` - (Optional) Should the Linux Web App `ip_restriction` configuration be used for the SCM also.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/local_network_gateway.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/local_network_gateway.html.markdown
index c2fd0ff38307..1484f2aea898 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/local_network_gateway.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/local_network_gateway.html.markdown
@@ -37,11 +37,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `location` - (Required) The location/region where the local network gateway is created. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `address_space` - (Optional) The list of string CIDRs representing the
-    address spaces the gateway exposes.
+* `address_space` - (Optional) The list of string CIDRs representing the address spaces the gateway exposes.
 
-* `bgp_settings` - (Optional) A `bgp_settings` block as defined below containing the
-    Local Network Gateway's BGP speaker settings.
+* `bgp_settings` - (Optional) A `bgp_settings` block as defined below containing the Local Network Gateway's BGP speaker settings.
 
 * `gateway_address` - (Optional) The gateway IP address to connect with.
 
@@ -57,11 +55,9 @@ The `bgp_settings` block supports the following:
 
 * `asn` - (Required) The BGP speaker's ASN.
 
-* `bgp_peering_address` - (Required) The BGP peering address and BGP identifier
-    of this BGP speaker.
+* `bgp_peering_address` - (Required) The BGP peering address and BGP identifier of this BGP speaker.
 
-* `peer_weight` - (Optional) The weight added to routes learned from this
-    BGP speaker.
+* `peer_weight` - (Optional) The weight added to routes learned from this BGP speaker.
 
 ## Attributes Reference
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/log_analytics_workspace.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/log_analytics_workspace.html.markdown
index 67ac098890e5..f1e2dc87451a 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/log_analytics_workspace.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/log_analytics_workspace.html.markdown
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `retention_in_days` - (Optional) The workspace data retention in days. Possible values are either 7 (Free Tier only) or range between 30 and 730.
 
-* `daily_quota_gb` - (Optional) The workspace daily quota for ingestion in GB.  Defaults to -1 (unlimited) if omitted.
+* `daily_quota_gb` - (Optional) The workspace daily quota for ingestion in GB. Defaults to -1 (unlimited) if omitted.
 
 ~> **NOTE:** When `sku` is set to `Free` this field should not be set and has a default value of `0.5`.
 
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `internet_query_enabled` - (Optional) Should the Log Analytics Workspace support querying over the Public Internet? Defaults to `true`.
 
-* `reservation_capacity_in_gb_per_day` - (Optional) The capacity reservation level in GB for this workspace.  Must be in increments of 100  between 100 and 5000.
+* `reservation_capacity_in_gb_per_day` - (Optional) The capacity reservation level in GB for this workspace. Must be in increments of 100 between 100 and 5000.
 
 ~> **NOTE:** `reservation_capacity_in_gb_per_day` can only be used when the `sku` is set to `CapacityReservation`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/logic_app_standard.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/logic_app_standard.html.markdown
index 063ab04307d8..f5e1f1320108 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/logic_app_standard.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/logic_app_standard.html.markdown
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `storage_account_access_key` - (Required) The access key which will be used to access the backend storage account for the Logic App
 
-* `storage_account_share_name` - (Optional) The name of the share used by the logic app, if you want to use a custom name. This corresponds to the WEBSITE_CONTENTSHARE appsetting, which this resource will create for you. If you don't specify a name, then this resource will generate a dynamic name.  This setting is useful if you want to provision a storage account and create a share using azurerm_storage_share
+* `storage_account_share_name` - (Optional) The name of the share used by the logic app, if you want to use a custom name. This corresponds to the WEBSITE_CONTENTSHARE appsetting, which this resource will create for you. If you don't specify a name, then this resource will generate a dynamic name. This setting is useful if you want to provision a storage account and create a share using azurerm_storage_share
 
 ~> **Note:** When integrating a `CI/CD pipeline` and expecting to run from a deployed package in `Azure` you must seed your `app settings` as part of terraform code for Logic App to be successfully deployed. `Important Default key pairs`: (`"WEBSITE_RUN_FROM_PACKAGE" = ""`, `"FUNCTIONS_WORKER_RUNTIME" = "node"` (or Python, etc), `"WEBSITE_NODE_DEFAULT_VERSION" = "10.14.1"`, `"APPINSIGHTS_INSTRUMENTATIONKEY" = ""`).
 
@@ -165,9 +165,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 The `connection_string` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the Connection String. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the Connection String.
 
-* `type` - (Required) The type of the Connection String. Possible values are `APIHub`, `Custom`, `DocDb`, `EventHub`, `MySQL`, `NotificationHub`, `PostgreSQL`, `RedisCache`, `ServiceBus`, `SQLAzure` and  `SQLServer`.
+* `type` - (Required) The type of the Connection String. Possible values are `APIHub`, `Custom`, `DocDb`, `EventHub`, `MySQL`, `NotificationHub`, `PostgreSQL`, `RedisCache`, `ServiceBus`, `SQLAzure` and `SQLServer`.
 
 * `value` - (Required) The value for the Connection String.
 
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ A `ip_restriction` block supports the following:
 
 * `priority` - (Optional) The priority for this IP Restriction. Restrictions are enforced in priority order. By default, the priority is set to 65000 if not specified.
 
-* `action` - (Optional) Does this restriction `Allow` or `Deny` access for this IP range. Defaults to `Allow`.  
+* `action` - (Optional) Does this restriction `Allow` or `Deny` access for this IP range. Defaults to `Allow`. 
 
 * `headers` - (Optional) The headers for this specific `ip_restriction` as defined below.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/logic_app_trigger_recurrence.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/logic_app_trigger_recurrence.html.markdown
index 25b9878374da..695a050db1af 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/logic_app_trigger_recurrence.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/logic_app_trigger_recurrence.html.markdown
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `start_time` - (Optional) Specifies the start date and time for this trigger in RFC3339 format: `2000-01-02T03:04:05Z`.
 
-* `time_zone` - (Optional) Specifies the time zone for this trigger.  Supported time zone options are listed [here](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/help/973627/microsoft-time-zone-index-values)
+* `time_zone` - (Optional) Specifies the time zone for this trigger. Supported time zone options are listed [here](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/help/973627/microsoft-time-zone-index-values)
 
 * `schedule` - (Optional) A `schedule` block as specified below.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/logic_app_workflow.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/logic_app_workflow.html.markdown
index 6f543d17d4ea..dacd8c25aa62 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/logic_app_workflow.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/logic_app_workflow.html.markdown
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `identity` - (Optional) An `identity` block as defined below.
 
-* `integration_service_environment_id` - (Optional) The ID of the Integration Service Environment to which this Logic App Workflow belongs.  Changing this forces a new Logic App Workflow to be created.
+* `integration_service_environment_id` - (Optional) The ID of the Integration Service Environment to which this Logic App Workflow belongs. Changing this forces a new Logic App Workflow to be created.
 
 * `logic_app_integration_account_id` - (Optional) The ID of the integration account linked by this Logic App Workflow.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/logz_monitor.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/logz_monitor.html.markdown
index 7540e72ed3bc..354cd9d84b32 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/logz_monitor.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/logz_monitor.html.markdown
@@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `location` - (Required) The Azure Region where the logz Monitor should exist. Changing this forces a new logz Monitor to be created.
 
-* `plan` - (Required) A `plan` block as defined below.
+* `plan` - (Required) A `plan` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `user` - (Required) A `user` block as defined below.
+* `user` - (Required) A `user` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/logz_sub_account.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/logz_sub_account.html.markdown
index 7fd67ead7613..c1095b662d2d 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/logz_sub_account.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/logz_sub_account.html.markdown
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `logz_monitor_id` - (Required) The ID of the Logz Monitor. Changing this forces a new logz Sub Account to be created.
 
-* `user` - (Required) A `user` block as defined below.
+* `user` - (Required) A `user` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/machine_learning_compute_cluster.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/machine_learning_compute_cluster.html.markdown
index bc8dc6140110..f0727da42679 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/machine_learning_compute_cluster.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/machine_learning_compute_cluster.html.markdown
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `local_auth_enabled` - (Optional) Whether local authentication methods is enabled. Defaults to `true`. Changing this forces a new Machine Learning Compute Cluster to be created.
 
-* `ssh_public_access_enabled` - (Optional)  A boolean value indicating whether enable the public SSH port. Changing this forces a new Machine Learning Compute Cluster to be created.
+* `ssh_public_access_enabled` - (Optional) A boolean value indicating whether enable the public SSH port. Changing this forces a new Machine Learning Compute Cluster to be created.
 
 * `subnet_resource_id` - (Optional) The ID of the Subnet that the Compute Cluster should reside in. Changing this forces a new Machine Learning Compute Cluster to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/machine_learning_workspace.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/machine_learning_workspace.html.markdown
index 67270c58274b..99c58c66995d 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/machine_learning_workspace.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/machine_learning_workspace.html.markdown
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `description` - (Optional) The description of this Machine Learning Workspace.
 
-* `encryption` - (Optional) An `encryption` block as defined below.
+* `encryption` - (Optional) An `encryption` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `friendly_name` - (Optional) Display name for this Machine Learning Workspace.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/maintenance_configuration.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/maintenance_configuration.html.markdown
index 02caf273e514..af5b6fc3de05 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/maintenance_configuration.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/maintenance_configuration.html.markdown
@@ -100,9 +100,9 @@ A `windows` block supports:
 
 * `classifications_to_include` - (Optional) List of Classification category of patches to be patched. Possible values are `Critical`, `Security`, `UpdateRollup`, `FeaturePack`, `ServicePack`, `Definition`, `Tools` and `Updates`.
 
-* `kb_numbers_to_exclude` (Optional) List of KB numbers to be excluded from patching.
+* `kb_numbers_to_exclude` - (Optional) List of KB numbers to be excluded from patching.
 
-* `kb_numbers_to_include` (Optional) List of KB numbers to be included for patching.
+* `kb_numbers_to_include` - (Optional) List of KB numbers to be included for patching.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/managed_application.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/managed_application.html.markdown
index a30d2dabd056..c9758465b3f2 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/managed_application.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/managed_application.html.markdown
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 The `plan` block exports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the plan from the marketplace. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the plan from the marketplace.
 
 * `product` - (Required) Specifies the product of the plan from the marketplace.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/managed_disk.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/managed_disk.html.markdown
index ca71d2d41c5f..7633d747452b 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/managed_disk.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/managed_disk.html.markdown
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `source_uri` - (Optional) URI to a valid VHD file to be used when `create_option` is `Import`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `storage_account_id` - (Optional) The ID of the Storage Account where the `source_uri` is located. Required when `create_option` is set to `Import`.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `storage_account_id` - (Optional) The ID of the Storage Account where the `source_uri` is located. Required when `create_option` is set to `Import`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `tier` - (Optional) The disk performance tier to use. Possible values are documented [here](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/virtual-machines/disks-change-performance). This feature is currently supported only for premium SSDs.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/mariadb_database.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/mariadb_database.html.markdown
index 15c586ea927a..ca16787dc346 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/mariadb_database.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/mariadb_database.html.markdown
@@ -48,8 +48,7 @@ resource "azurerm_mariadb_database" "example" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the MariaDB Database, which needs [to be a valid MariaDB identifier](https://mariadb.com/kb/en/library/identifier-names/). Changing this forces a
-    new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the MariaDB Database, which needs [to be a valid MariaDB identifier](https://mariadb.com/kb/en/library/identifier-names/). Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `server_name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the MariaDB Server. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/media_asset_filter.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/media_asset_filter.html.markdown
index a3a3df190869..0a1f9e6ee4c0 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/media_asset_filter.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/media_asset_filter.html.markdown
@@ -123,11 +123,11 @@ For the Live Streaming presentation, it is silently ignored and applied when the
 * `live_backoff_in_units` - (Optional) The relative to end right edge. Applies to Live Streaming only.
 This value defines the latest live position that a client can seek to. Using this property, you can delay live playback position and create a server-side buffer for players. The unit is defined by `unit_timescale_in_miliseconds`. The maximum live back off duration is 300 seconds. For example, a value of 20 means that the latest available content is 20 seconds delayed from the real live edge.
 
-* `presentation_window_in_units` - (Optional) The relative to end sliding window. Applies to Live Streaming only. Use `presentation_window_in_units` to apply a sliding window of fragments to include in a playlist. The unit is defined by `unit_timescale_in_miliseconds`. For example, set  `presentation_window_in_units` to 120 to apply a two-minute sliding window. Media within 2 minutes of the live edge will be included in the playlist. If a fragment straddles the boundary, the entire fragment will be included in the playlist. The minimum presentation window duration is 60 seconds.
+* `presentation_window_in_units` - (Optional) The relative to end sliding window. Applies to Live Streaming only. Use `presentation_window_in_units` to apply a sliding window of fragments to include in a playlist. The unit is defined by `unit_timescale_in_miliseconds`. For example, set `presentation_window_in_units` to 120 to apply a two-minute sliding window. Media within 2 minutes of the live edge will be included in the playlist. If a fragment straddles the boundary, the entire fragment will be included in the playlist. The minimum presentation window duration is 60 seconds.
 
 * `start_in_units` - (Optional) The absolute start time boundary. Applies to Video on Demand (VoD) or Live Streaming. This is a long value that represents an absolute start point of the stream. The value gets rounded to the closest next GOP start. The unit is defined by `unit_timescale_in_miliseconds`, so a `start_in_units` of 15 would be for 15 seconds. Use `start_in_units` and `end_in_units` to trim the fragments that will be in the playlist (manifest). For example, `start_in_units` set to 20 and `end_in_units` set to 60 using `unit_timescale_in_miliseconds` in 1000 will generate a playlist that contains fragments from between 20 seconds and 60 seconds of the VoD presentation. If a fragment straddles the boundary, the entire fragment will be included in the manifest.
 
-* `unit_timescale_in_miliseconds` - (Optional) Specified as the number of miliseconds in one unit timescale. For example, if you want to set a `start_in_units` at 30 seconds, you would use a value of 30 when using the `unit_timescale_in_miliseconds` in 1000. Or if you want to set `start_in_units` in 30 miliseconds, you would use a value of 30 when using the `unit_timescale_in_miliseconds` in 1.  Applies timescale to `start_in_units`, `start_timescale` and `presentation_window_in_timescale` and `live_backoff_in_timescale`.
+* `unit_timescale_in_miliseconds` - (Optional) Specified as the number of miliseconds in one unit timescale. For example, if you want to set a `start_in_units` at 30 seconds, you would use a value of 30 when using the `unit_timescale_in_miliseconds` in 1000. Or if you want to set `start_in_units` in 30 miliseconds, you would use a value of 30 when using the `unit_timescale_in_miliseconds` in 1. Applies timescale to `start_in_units`, `start_timescale` and `presentation_window_in_timescale` and `live_backoff_in_timescale`.
 
 
 ---
@@ -139,6 +139,8 @@ A `track_selection` block supports the following:
 ---
 
 
+---
+
 A `condition` block supports the following:
 
 * `operation` - (Optional) The condition operation to test a track property against. Supported values are `Equal` and `NotEqual`.
diff --git a/website/docs/r/media_live_event.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/media_live_event.html.markdown
index 94367630cd87..0238d2799012 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/media_live_event.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/media_live_event.html.markdown
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `location` - (Required) The Azure Region where the Live Event should exist. Changing this forces a new Live Event to be created.
 
-* `media_services_account_name` - (Required)  The Media Services account name. Changing this forces a new Live Event to be created.
+* `media_services_account_name` - (Required) The Media Services account name. Changing this forces a new Live Event to be created.
 
 * `name` - (Required) The name which should be used for this Live Event. Changing this forces a new Live Event to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/media_services_account.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/media_services_account.html.markdown
index 38ac716efdaa..d4afef289c12 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/media_services_account.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/media_services_account.html.markdown
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `identity` - (Optional) An `identity` block as defined below.
  
-* `public_network_access_enabled` - (Optional)  Whether public network access is allowed for this server. Defaults to `true`.
+* `public_network_access_enabled` - (Optional) Whether public network access is allowed for this server. Defaults to `true`.
 
 * `storage_authentication_type` - (Optional) Specifies the storage authentication type. Possible value is `ManagedIdentity` or `System`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/media_services_account_filter.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/media_services_account_filter.html.markdown
index 5a34d222ed16..8c6744f12c84 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/media_services_account_filter.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/media_services_account_filter.html.markdown
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 A `presentation_time_range` block supports the following:
 
-* `unit_timescale_in_milliseconds` - (Required) Specified as the number of milliseconds in one unit timescale. For example, if you want to set a `start_in_units` at 30 seconds, you would use a value of 30 when using the `unit_timescale_in_milliseconds` in 1000. Or if you want to set `start_in_units` in 30 milliseconds, you would use a value of 30 when using the `unit_timescale_in_milliseconds` in 1.  Applies timescale to `start_in_units`, `start_timescale` and `presentation_window_in_timescale` and `live_backoff_in_timescale`.
+* `unit_timescale_in_milliseconds` - (Required) Specified as the number of milliseconds in one unit timescale. For example, if you want to set a `start_in_units` at 30 seconds, you would use a value of 30 when using the `unit_timescale_in_milliseconds` in 1000. Or if you want to set `start_in_units` in 30 milliseconds, you would use a value of 30 when using the `unit_timescale_in_milliseconds` in 1. Applies timescale to `start_in_units`, `start_timescale` and `presentation_window_in_timescale` and `live_backoff_in_timescale`.
  
 * `end_in_units` - (Optional) The absolute end time boundary. Applies to Video on Demand (VoD).
 For the Live Streaming presentation, it is silently ignored and applied when the presentation ends and the stream becomes VoD. This is a long value that represents an absolute end point of the presentation, rounded to the closest next GOP start. The unit is defined by `unit_timescale_in_milliseconds`, so an `end_in_units` of 180 would be for 3 minutes. Use `start_in_units` and `end_in_units` to trim the fragments that will be in the playlist (manifest). For example, `start_in_units` set to 20 and `end_in_units` set to 60 using `unit_timescale_in_milliseconds` in 1000 will generate a playlist that contains fragments from between 20 seconds and 60 seconds of the VoD presentation. If a fragment straddles the boundary, the entire fragment will be included in the manifest.
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ For the Live Streaming presentation, it is silently ignored and applied when the
 * `live_backoff_in_units` - (Optional) The relative to end right edge. Applies to Live Streaming only.
 This value defines the latest live position that a client can seek to. Using this property, you can delay live playback position and create a server-side buffer for players. The unit is defined by `unit_timescale_in_milliseconds`. The maximum live back off duration is 300 seconds. For example, a value of 20 means that the latest available content is 20 seconds delayed from the real live edge.
 
-* `presentation_window_in_units` - (Optional) The relative to end sliding window. Applies to Live Streaming only. Use `presentation_window_in_units` to apply a sliding window of fragments to include in a playlist. The unit is defined by `unit_timescale_in_milliseconds`. For example, set  `presentation_window_in_units` to 120 to apply a two-minute sliding window. Media within 2 minutes of the live edge will be included in the playlist. If a fragment straddles the boundary, the entire fragment will be included in the playlist. The minimum presentation window duration is 60 seconds.
+* `presentation_window_in_units` - (Optional) The relative to end sliding window. Applies to Live Streaming only. Use `presentation_window_in_units` to apply a sliding window of fragments to include in a playlist. The unit is defined by `unit_timescale_in_milliseconds`. For example, set `presentation_window_in_units` to 120 to apply a two-minute sliding window. Media within 2 minutes of the live edge will be included in the playlist. If a fragment straddles the boundary, the entire fragment will be included in the playlist. The minimum presentation window duration is 60 seconds.
 
 * `start_in_units` - (Optional) The absolute start time boundary. Applies to Video on Demand (VoD) or Live Streaming. This is a long value that represents an absolute start point of the stream. The value gets rounded to the closest next GOP start. The unit is defined by `unit_timescale_in_milliseconds`, so a `start_in_units` of 15 would be for 15 seconds. Use `start_in_units` and `end_in_units` to trim the fragments that will be in the playlist (manifest). For example, `start_in_units` set to 20 and `end_in_units` set to 60 using `unit_timescale_in_milliseconds` in 1000 will generate a playlist that contains fragments from between 20 seconds and 60 seconds of the VoD presentation. If a fragment straddles the boundary, the entire fragment will be included in the manifest.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/monitor_action_group.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/monitor_action_group.html.markdown
index 24a820c36410..c264f23b4aba 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/monitor_action_group.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/monitor_action_group.html.markdown
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 The `arm_role_receiver` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the ARM role receiver. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the ARM role receiver.
 * `role_id` - (Required) The arm role id.
 * `use_common_alert_schema` - (Optional) Enables or disables the common alert schema.
 
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ The `arm_role_receiver` block supports the following:
 
 The `automation_runbook_receiver` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the automation runbook receiver. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the automation runbook receiver.
 * `automation_account_id` - (Required) The automation account ID which holds this runbook and authenticates to Azure resources.
 * `runbook_name` - (Required) The name for this runbook.
 * `webhook_resource_id` - (Required) The resource id for webhook linked to this runbook.
@@ -161,14 +161,14 @@ The `automation_runbook_receiver` block supports the following:
 
 The `azure_app_push_receiver` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the Azure app push receiver. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the Azure app push receiver.
 * `email_address` - (Required) The email address of the user signed into the mobile app who will receive push notifications from this receiver.
 
 ---
 
 The `azure_function_receiver` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the Azure Function receiver. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the Azure Function receiver.
 * `function_app_resource_id` - (Required) The Azure resource ID of the function app.
 * `function_name` - (Required) The function name in the function app.
 * `http_trigger_url` - (Required) The HTTP trigger url where HTTP request sent to.
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ The `azure_function_receiver` block supports the following:
 
 The `email_receiver` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the email receiver. Names must be unique (case-insensitive) across all receivers within an action group. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the email receiver. Names must be unique (case-insensitive) across all receivers within an action group.
 * `email_address` - (Required) The email address of this receiver.
 * `use_common_alert_schema` - (Optional) Enables or disables the common alert schema.
 
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ The `email_receiver` block supports the following:
 
 The `event_hub_receiver` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the EventHub Receiver, must be unique within action group. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the EventHub Receiver, must be unique within action group.
 * `event_hub_id` - (Optional) The resource ID of the respective Event Hub.
 * `event_hub_name` - (Optional) The name of the specific Event Hub queue.
 * `event_hub_namespace` - (Optional) The namespace name of the Event Hub.
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ The `event_hub_receiver` block supports the following:
 
 The `itsm_receiver` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the ITSM receiver. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the ITSM receiver.
 * `workspace_id` - (Required) The Azure Log Analytics workspace ID where this connection is defined. Format is `<subscription id>|<workspace id>`, for example `00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000|00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000`.
 * `connection_id` - (Required) The unique connection identifier of the ITSM connection.
 * `ticket_configuration` - (Required) A JSON blob for the configurations of the ITSM action. CreateMultipleWorkItems option will be part of this blob as well.
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ The `itsm_receiver` block supports the following:
 
 The `logic_app_receiver` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the logic app receiver. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the logic app receiver.
 * `resource_id` - (Required) The Azure resource ID of the logic app.
 * `callback_url` - (Required) The callback url where HTTP request sent to.
 * `use_common_alert_schema` - (Optional) Enables or disables the common alert schema.
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ The `logic_app_receiver` block supports the following:
 
 The `sms_receiver` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the SMS receiver. Names must be unique (case-insensitive) across all receivers within an action group. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the SMS receiver. Names must be unique (case-insensitive) across all receivers within an action group.
 * `country_code` - (Required) The country code of the SMS receiver.
 * `phone_number` - (Required) The phone number of the SMS receiver.
 
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ The `sms_receiver` block supports the following:
 
 The `voice_receiver` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the voice receiver. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the voice receiver.
 * `country_code` - (Required) The country code of the voice receiver.
 * `phone_number` - (Required) The phone number of the voice receiver.
 
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ The `voice_receiver` block supports the following:
 
 The `webhook_receiver` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the webhook receiver. Names must be unique (case-insensitive) across all receivers within an action group. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the webhook receiver. Names must be unique (case-insensitive) across all receivers within an action group.
 * `service_uri` - (Required) The URI where webhooks should be sent.
 * `use_common_alert_schema` - (Optional) Enables or disables the common alert schema.
 * `aad_auth` - (Optional) The `aad_auth` block as defined below
diff --git a/website/docs/r/monitor_action_rule_suppression.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/monitor_action_rule_suppression.html.markdown
index 08e829674901..1df16d6fc23b 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/monitor_action_rule_suppression.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/monitor_action_rule_suppression.html.markdown
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ The `schedule` block supports the following:
 
 * `end_date_utc` - (Required) specifies the recurrence UTC end datetime (Y-m-d'T'H:M:S'Z').
 
-* `recurrence_weekly` - (Optional) specifies the list of dayOfWeek to recurrence. Possible values are `Sunday`, `Monday`, `Tuesday`, `Wednesday`, `Thursday`, `Friday` and  `Saturday`.
+* `recurrence_weekly` - (Optional) specifies the list of dayOfWeek to recurrence. Possible values are `Sunday`, `Monday`, `Tuesday`, `Wednesday`, `Thursday`, `Friday` and `Saturday`.
 
 * `recurrence_monthly` - (Optional) specifies the list of dayOfMonth to recurrence. Possible values are between `1` - `31`. Required if `recurrence_type` is `Monthly`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/monitor_activity_log_alert.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/monitor_activity_log_alert.html.markdown
index 9733bba9dbd5..c1c52e245e8c 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/monitor_activity_log_alert.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/monitor_activity_log_alert.html.markdown
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ A `resource_health` block supports the following:
 
 * `current` - (Optional) The current resource health statuses that will log an alert. Possible values are `Available`, `Degraded`, `Unavailable` and `Unknown`.
 * `previous` - (Optional) The previous resource health statuses that will log an alert. Possible values are `Available`, `Degraded`, `Unavailable` and `Unknown`.
-* `reason` - (Optional)  The reason that will log an alert. Possible values are `PlatformInitiated` (such as a problem with the resource in an affected region of an Azure incident), `UserInitiated` (such as a shutdown request of a VM) and `Unknown`.
+* `reason` - (Optional) The reason that will log an alert. Possible values are `PlatformInitiated` (such as a problem with the resource in an affected region of an Azure incident), `UserInitiated` (such as a shutdown request of a VM) and `Unknown`.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/monitor_alert_processing_rule_action_group.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/monitor_alert_processing_rule_action_group.html.markdown
index eac690e600ba..b840c7da5602 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/monitor_alert_processing_rule_action_group.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/monitor_alert_processing_rule_action_group.html.markdown
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ A `schedule` block supports the following:
 
 * `recurrence` - (Optional) A `recurrence` block as defined above.
 
-* `time_zone` - (Optional)  The time zone (e.g. Pacific Standard time, Eastern Standard Time). Defaults to `UTC`. [possible values are defined here](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/windows/embedded/ms912391(v=winembedded.11)).
+* `time_zone` - (Optional) The time zone (e.g. Pacific Standard time, Eastern Standard Time). Defaults to `UTC`. [possible values are defined here](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/windows/embedded/ms912391(v=winembedded.11)).
 
 ---
 
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ A `target_resource_type` block supports the following:
 
 A `weekly` block supports the following:
 
-* `days_of_week` - (Required) Specifies a list of dayOfWeek to recurrence. Possible values are `Sunday`, `Monday`, `Tuesday`, `Wednesday`, `Thursday`, `Friday`, and  `Saturday`.
+* `days_of_week` - (Required) Specifies a list of dayOfWeek to recurrence. Possible values are `Sunday`, `Monday`, `Tuesday`, `Wednesday`, `Thursday`, `Friday`, and `Saturday`.
 
 * `start_time` - (Optional) Specifies the recurrence start time (H:M:S).
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/monitor_alert_processing_rule_suppression.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/monitor_alert_processing_rule_suppression.html.markdown
index 37b87862aec8..af31a106ba88 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/monitor_alert_processing_rule_suppression.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/monitor_alert_processing_rule_suppression.html.markdown
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ A `schedule` block supports the following:
 
 * `recurrence` - (Optional) A `recurrence` block as defined above.
 
-* `time_zone` - (Optional)  The time zone (e.g. Pacific Standard time, Eastern Standard Time). Defaults to `UTC`. [possible values are defined here](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/windows/embedded/ms912391(v=winembedded.11)).
+* `time_zone` - (Optional) The time zone (e.g. Pacific Standard time, Eastern Standard Time). Defaults to `UTC`. [possible values are defined here](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/windows/embedded/ms912391(v=winembedded.11)).
 
 ---
 
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ A `target_resource_type` block supports the following:
 
 A `weekly` block supports the following:
 
-* `days_of_week` - (Required) Specifies a list of dayOfWeek to recurrence. Possible values are `Sunday`, `Monday`, `Tuesday`, `Wednesday`, `Thursday`, `Friday`, and  `Saturday`.
+* `days_of_week` - (Required) Specifies a list of dayOfWeek to recurrence. Possible values are `Sunday`, `Monday`, `Tuesday`, `Wednesday`, `Thursday`, `Friday`, and `Saturday`.
 
 * `start_time` - (Optional) Specifies the recurrence start time (H:M:S).
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/monitor_data_collection_rule.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/monitor_data_collection_rule.html.markdown
index 0947053e0a56..da463a05b1b2 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/monitor_data_collection_rule.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/monitor_data_collection_rule.html.markdown
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ A `syslog` block supports the following:
 
 * `facility_names` - (Required) Specifies a list of facility names. Use a wildcard `*` to collect logs for all facility names. Possible values are `auth`, `authpriv`, `cron`, `daemon`, `kern`, `lpr`, `mail`, `mark`, `news`, `syslog`, `user`, `uucp`, `local0`, `local1`, `local2`, `local3`, `local4`, `local5`, `local6`, `local7`,and `*`.
 
-* `log_levels` - (Required) Specifies a list of log levels. Use a wildcard `*` to collect logs for all log levels. Possible values are `Debug`,  `Info`, `Notice`, `Warning`, `Error`, `Critical`, `Alert`, `Emergency`,and `*`.
+* `log_levels` - (Required) Specifies a list of log levels. Use a wildcard `*` to collect logs for all log levels. Possible values are `Debug`, `Info`, `Notice`, `Warning`, `Error`, `Critical`, `Alert`, `Emergency`,and `*`.
 
 * `name` - (Required) The name which should be used for this data source. This name should be unique across all data sources regardless of type within the Data Collection Rule.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/monitor_log_profile.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/monitor_log_profile.html.markdown
index 4d0bda63756a..364e2790530d 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/monitor_log_profile.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/monitor_log_profile.html.markdown
@@ -65,8 +65,7 @@ resource "azurerm_monitor_log_profile" "example" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the Log Profile. Changing this forces a
-    new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the Log Profile. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `categories` - (Required) List of categories of the logs.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/monitor_scheduled_query_rules_alert.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/monitor_scheduled_query_rules_alert.html.markdown
index c58aa43e211d..7b58ac56fdaf 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/monitor_scheduled_query_rules_alert.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/monitor_scheduled_query_rules_alert.html.markdown
@@ -109,19 +109,19 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 * `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group in which to create the scheduled query rule instance. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 * `location` - (Required) Specifies the Azure Region where the resource should exist. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 * `data_source_id` - (Required) The resource URI over which log search query is to be run.
-* `frequency` - (Required) Frequency (in minutes) at which rule condition should be evaluated.  Values must be between 5 and 1440 (inclusive).
+* `frequency` - (Required) Frequency (in minutes) at which rule condition should be evaluated. Values must be between 5 and 1440 (inclusive).
 * `query` - (Required) Log search query.
-* `time_window` - (Required) Time window for which data needs to be fetched for query (must be greater than or equal to `frequency`).  Values must be between 5 and 2880 (inclusive).
+* `time_window` - (Required) Time window for which data needs to be fetched for query (must be greater than or equal to `frequency`). Values must be between 5 and 2880 (inclusive).
 * `trigger` - (Required) A `trigger` block as defined below.
 * `action` - (Required) An `action` block as defined below.
 * `authorized_resource_ids` - (Optional) List of Resource IDs referred into query.
 * `auto_mitigation_enabled` - (Optional) Should the alerts in this Metric Alert be auto resolved? Defaults to `false`.
 -> **NOTE** `auto_mitigation_enabled` and `throttling` are mutually exclusive and cannot both be set.
 * `description` - (Optional) The description of the scheduled query rule.
-* `enabled` - (Optional) Whether this scheduled query rule is enabled.  Default is `true`.
+* `enabled` - (Optional) Whether this scheduled query rule is enabled. Default is `true`.
 * `query_type` - (Optional) The type of query results. Possible values are `ResultCount` and `Number`. Default is `ResultCount`.
 * `severity` - (Optional) Severity of the alert. Possible values include: 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
-* `throttling` - (Optional) Time (in minutes) for which Alerts should be throttled or suppressed.  Values must be between 0 and 10000 (inclusive).
+* `throttling` - (Optional) Time (in minutes) for which Alerts should be throttled or suppressed. Values must be between 0 and 10000 (inclusive).
 * `tags` - (Optional) A mapping of tags to assign to the resource.
 
 ---
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ The `metric_trigger` block supports the following:
 * `metric_column` - (Required) Evaluation of metric on a particular column.
 * `metric_trigger_type` - (Required) Metric Trigger Type - 'Consecutive' or 'Total'.
 * `operator` - (Required) Evaluation operation for rule - 'Equal', 'GreaterThan', GreaterThanOrEqual', 'LessThan', or 'LessThanOrEqual'.
-* `threshold` - (Required) The threshold of the metric trigger.    Values must be between 0 and 10000 inclusive.
+* `threshold` - (Required) The threshold of the metric trigger. Values must be between 0 and 10000 inclusive.
 
 ---
 
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ The `trigger` block supports the following:
 
 * `metric_trigger` - (Optional) A `metric_trigger` block as defined above. Trigger condition for metric query rule.
 * `operator` - (Required) Evaluation operation for rule - 'GreaterThan', GreaterThanOrEqual', 'LessThan', or 'LessThanOrEqual'.
-* `threshold` - (Required) Result or count threshold based on which rule should be triggered.  Values must be between 0 and 10000 inclusive.
+* `threshold` - (Required) Result or count threshold based on which rule should be triggered. Values must be between 0 and 10000 inclusive.
 
 ## Attributes Reference
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/monitor_scheduled_query_rules_log.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/monitor_scheduled_query_rules_log.html.markdown
index f14d1989b217..56ae8ab9942d 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/monitor_scheduled_query_rules_log.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/monitor_scheduled_query_rules_log.html.markdown
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 * `data_source_id` - (Required) The resource URI over which log search query is to be run.
 * `authorized_resource_ids` - (Optional) A list of IDs of Resources referred into query.
 * `description` - (Optional) The description of the scheduled query rule.
-* `enabled` - (Optional) Whether this scheduled query rule is enabled.  Default is `true`.
+* `enabled` - (Optional) Whether this scheduled query rule is enabled. Default is `true`.
 * `tags` - (Optional) A mapping of tags to assign to the resource.
 
 ---
@@ -101,13 +101,13 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 The `criteria` block supports the following:
 
 * `dimension` - (Required) A `dimension` block as defined below.
-* `metric_name` - (Required) Name of the metric.  Supported metrics are listed in the Azure Monitor [Microsoft.OperationalInsights/workspaces](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/azure-monitor/platform/metrics-supported#microsoftoperationalinsightsworkspaces) metrics namespace.
+* `metric_name` - (Required) Name of the metric. Supported metrics are listed in the Azure Monitor [Microsoft.OperationalInsights/workspaces](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/azure-monitor/platform/metrics-supported#microsoftoperationalinsightsworkspaces) metrics namespace.
 
 ---
 
 The `dimension` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Name of the dimension. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Name of the dimension.
 * `operator` - (Optional) Operator for dimension values, - 'Include'.
 * `values` - (Required) List of dimension values.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/mssql_database.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/mssql_database.html.markdown
index bcc247744bdf..ffec811c6fa1 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/mssql_database.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/mssql_database.html.markdown
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `min_capacity` - (Optional) Minimal capacity that database will always have allocated, if not paused. This property is only settable for General Purpose Serverless databases.
 
-* `restore_point_in_time` - (Optional) Specifies the point in time (ISO8601 format) of the source database that will be restored to create the new database. This property is only settable for `create_mode`= `PointInTimeRestore`  databases.
+* `restore_point_in_time` - (Optional) Specifies the point in time (ISO8601 format) of the source database that will be restored to create the new database. This property is only settable for `create_mode`= `PointInTimeRestore` databases.
 
 * `recover_database_id` - (Optional) The ID of the database to be recovered. This property is only applicable when the `create_mode` is `Recovery`.
 
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `short_term_retention_policy` - (Optional) A `short_term_retention_policy` block as defined below.
 
-* `sku_name` - (Optional) Specifies the name of the SKU used by the database. For example, `GP_S_Gen5_2`,`HS_Gen4_1`,`BC_Gen5_2`, `ElasticPool`, `Basic`,`S0`, `P2` ,`DW100c`, `DS100`. Changing this from the HyperScale service tier to another service tier will force a new resource to be created.
+* `sku_name` - (Optional) Specifies the name of the SKU used by the database. For example, `GP_S_Gen5_2`,`HS_Gen4_1`,`BC_Gen5_2`, `ElasticPool`, `Basic`,`S0`, `P2` ,`DW100c`, `DS100`. Changing this from the HyperScale service tier to another service tier will create a new resource.
 
 ~> **Note:** The default `sku_name` value may differ between Azure locations depending on local availability of Gen4/Gen5 capacity. When databases are replicated using the `creation_source_database_id` property, the source (primary) database cannot have a higher SKU service tier than any secondary databases. When changing the `sku_name` of a database having one or more secondary databases, this resource will first update any secondary databases as necessary. In such cases it's recommended to use the same `sku_name` in your configuration for all related databases, as not doing so may cause an unresolvable diff during subsequent plans.
 
@@ -172,7 +172,6 @@ A `short_term_retention_policy` block supports the following:
 The following attributes are exported:
 
 * `id` - The ID of the MS SQL Database.
-* `name` - (Required) The Name of the MS SQL Database.
 
 ## Timeouts
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/mssql_elasticpool.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/mssql_elasticpool.html.markdown
index c5d8cc0b7c91..6cff2db24994 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/mssql_elasticpool.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/mssql_elasticpool.html.markdown
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `tags` - (Optional) A mapping of tags to assign to the resource.
 
-* `zone_redundant` - (Optional) Whether or not this elastic pool is zone redundant. `tier` needs to be `Premium` for `DTU` based  or `BusinessCritical` for `vCore` based `sku`.
+* `zone_redundant` - (Optional) Whether or not this elastic pool is zone redundant. `tier` needs to be `Premium` for `DTU` based or `BusinessCritical` for `vCore` based `sku`.
 
 * `license_type` - (Optional) Specifies the license type applied to this database. Possible values are `LicenseIncluded` and `BasePrice`.
 
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 The `sku` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the SKU Name for this Elasticpool. The name of the SKU, will be either `vCore` based `tier` + `family` pattern (e.g. GP_Gen4, BC_Gen5) or the `DTU` based `BasicPool`, `StandardPool`, or `PremiumPool` pattern. Possible values are `BasicPool`, `StandardPool`, `PremiumPool`, `GP_Gen4`, `GP_Gen5`, `GP_Fsv2`, `GP_DC`, `BC_Gen4`, `BC_Gen5` and `BC_DC`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the SKU Name for this Elasticpool. The name of the SKU, will be either `vCore` based `tier` + `family` pattern (e.g. GP_Gen4, BC_Gen5) or the `DTU` based `BasicPool`, `StandardPool`, or `PremiumPool` pattern. Possible values are `BasicPool`, `StandardPool`, `PremiumPool`, `GP_Gen4`, `GP_Gen5`, `GP_Fsv2`, `GP_DC`, `BC_Gen4`, `BC_Gen5` and `BC_DC`.
 
 * `capacity` - (Required) The scale up/out capacity, representing server's compute units. For more information see the documentation for your Elasticpool configuration: [vCore-based](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/sql-database/sql-database-vcore-resource-limits-elastic-pools) or [DTU-based](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/sql-database/sql-database-dtu-resource-limits-elastic-pools).
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/mssql_server.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/mssql_server.html.markdown
index 2617c5c121e1..6bc2809099bb 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/mssql_server.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/mssql_server.html.markdown
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ An `identity` block supports the following:
 
 An `azuread_administrator` block supports the following:
 
-* `login_username` - (Required)  The login username of the Azure AD Administrator of this SQL Server.
+* `login_username` - (Required) The login username of the Azure AD Administrator of this SQL Server.
 
 * `object_id` - (Required) The object id of the Azure AD Administrator of this SQL Server.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/mysql_flexible_server.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/mysql_flexible_server.html.markdown
index 10571faed42e..01d1f36f7c9a 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/mysql_flexible_server.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/mysql_flexible_server.html.markdown
@@ -135,9 +135,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 A `customer_managed_key` block supports the following:
 
-* `key_vault_key_id` - (Required) The ID of the Key Vault Key.
+* `key_vault_key_id` - (Optional) The ID of the Key Vault Key.
 
-* `primary_user_assigned_identity_id` - (Required) Specifies the primary user managed identity id for a Customer Managed Key. Should be added with `identity_ids`.
+* `primary_user_assigned_identity_id` - (Optional) Specifies the primary user managed identity id for a Customer Managed Key. Should be added with `identity_ids`.
 
 ~> **NOTE:** This is required when `type` is set to `UserAssigned` or `SystemAssigned, UserAssigned`.
 
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ An `identity` block supports the following:
 
 * `type` - (Required) Specifies the type of Managed Service Identity that should be configured on this API Management Service. Should be set to `UserAssigned`, `SystemAssigned, UserAssigned` (to enable both).
 
-* `identity_ids` - (Optional) A list of User Assigned Managed Identity IDs to be assigned to this API Management Service. Required if used together with `customer_managed_key` block.
+* `identity_ids` - (Optional) A list of User Assigned Managed Identity IDs to be assigned to this API Management Service. Required if used together with `customer_managed_key` block as defined below.
 
 ~> **NOTE:** This is required when `type` is set to `UserAssigned` or `SystemAssigned, UserAssigned`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/netapp_snapshot_policy.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/netapp_snapshot_policy.html.markdown
index 97a8737312fe..32bfc6582e69 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/netapp_snapshot_policy.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/netapp_snapshot_policy.html.markdown
@@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ The following attributes are exported:
 
 * `id` - The ID of the NetApp Snapshot.
   
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the NetApp Snapshot Policy.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the NetApp Snapshot Policy. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group where the NetApp Snapshot Policy should be created.
   
-* `location` - (Required) Specifies the supported Azure location where the resource exists.
+* `location` - (Required) Specifies the supported Azure location where the resource exists. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `account_name` - (Required) The name of the NetApp Account in which the NetApp Snapshot Policy was created.
+* `account_name` - (Required) The name of the NetApp Account in which the NetApp Snapshot Policy was created. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `enabled` - (Required) Defines that the NetApp Snapshot Policy is enabled or not.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/netapp_volume.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/netapp_volume.html.markdown
index 1cd489a86ae0..f2a61b1a4546 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/netapp_volume.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/netapp_volume.html.markdown
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `location` - (Required) Specifies the supported Azure location where the resource exists. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `zone` - (Optional) Specifies the Availability Zone in which the Volume should be located. Possible values are `1`, `2` and `3`. This feature is currently in preview, for more information on how to enable it, please refer to [Manage availability zone volume placement for Azure NetApp Files](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-netapp-files/manage-availability-zone-volume-placement#register-the-feature) 
+* `zone` - (Optional) Specifies the Availability Zone in which the Volume should be located. Possible values are `1`, `2` and `3`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. This feature is currently in preview, for more information on how to enable it, please refer to [Manage availability zone volume placement for Azure NetApp Files](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-netapp-files/manage-availability-zone-volume-placement#register-the-feature).
 
 * `account_name` - (Required) The name of the NetApp account in which the NetApp Pool should be created. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `create_from_snapshot_resource_id` - (Optional) Creates volume from snapshot. Following properties must be the same as the original volume where the snapshot was taken from: `protocols`, `subnet_id`, `location`, `service_level`, `resource_group_name`, `account_name` and `pool_name`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `data_protection_replication` - (Optional) A `data_protection_replication` block as defined below.
+* `data_protection_replication` - (Optional) A `data_protection_replication` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `data_protection_snapshot_policy` - (Optional) A `data_protection_snapshot_policy` block as defined below.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/network_interface.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/network_interface.html.markdown
index 56674f889f15..0fbed8ef9272 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/network_interface.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/network_interface.html.markdown
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 The `ip_configuration` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) A name used for this IP Configuration. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) A name used for this IP Configuration.
 
 * `gateway_load_balancer_frontend_ip_configuration_id` - (Optional) The Frontend IP Configuration ID of a Gateway SKU Load Balancer.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/network_manager.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/network_manager.html.markdown
index 5143bfdcba54..49b09f08b478 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/network_manager.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/network_manager.html.markdown
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `resource_group_name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Resource Group where the Network Managers should exist. Changing this forces a new Network Managers to be created.
 
-* `location` - (Required) Specifies the Azure Region where the Network Managers should exist.
+* `location` - (Required) Specifies the Azure Region where the Network Managers should exist. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `scope` - (Required) A `scope` block as defined below.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/network_manager_management_group_connection.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/network_manager_management_group_connection.html.markdown
index 9caa9c277a5c..04f7903757ba 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/network_manager_management_group_connection.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/network_manager_management_group_connection.html.markdown
@@ -67,9 +67,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `name` - (Required) Specifies the name which should be used for this Network Manager Management Group Connection. Changing this forces a new Network Manager Management Group Connection to be created.
 
-* `management_group_id` (Required) Specifies the ID of the target Management Group.
+* `management_group_id` - (Required) Specifies the ID of the target Management Group. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `network_manager_id` - (Required) Specifies the ID of the Network Manager which the Management Group is connected to.
+* `network_manager_id` - (Required) Specifies the ID of the Network Manager which the Management Group is connected to. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `description` - (Optional) A description of the Network Manager Management Group Connection.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/network_manager_subscription_connection.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/network_manager_subscription_connection.html.markdown
index 16ab534a902d..dfe791e7a9ce 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/network_manager_subscription_connection.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/network_manager_subscription_connection.html.markdown
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `name` - (Required) Specifies the name which should be used for this Network Subscription Network Manager Connection. Changing this forces a new Network Subscription Network Manager Connection to be created.
 
-* `subscription_id` (Required) Specifies the ID of the target Subscription.
+* `subscription_id` - (Required) Specifies the ID of the target Subscription. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `network_manager_id` - (Required) Specifies the ID of the Network Manager which the Subscription is connected to.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/network_security_group.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/network_security_group.html.markdown
index 40d6ea4bb428..27ba14efdbf8 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/network_security_group.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/network_security_group.html.markdown
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 A `security_rule` block support:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the security rule. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the security rule.
 
 * `description` - (Optional) A description for this rule. Restricted to 140 characters.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/orbital_contact_profile.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/orbital_contact_profile.html.markdown
index cea6dda1263b..1ef50fd8e795 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/orbital_contact_profile.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/orbital_contact_profile.html.markdown
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `network_configuration_subnet_id` - (Required) ARM resource identifier of the subnet delegated to the Microsoft.Orbital/orbitalGateways. Needs to be at least a class C subnet, and should not have any IP created in it. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `links` - (Required) A list of spacecraft links. A `links` block as defined below.
+* `links` - (Required) A list of spacecraft links. A `links` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `event_hub_uri` - (Optional) ARM resource identifier of the Event Hub used for telemetry. Requires granting Orbital Resource Provider the rights to send telemetry into the hub.
 
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 A `links` block supports the following:
 
-* `channels` - (Required) A list of contact profile link channels. A `channels` block as defined below.
+* `channels` - (Required) A list of contact profile link channels. A `channels` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `direction` - (Required) Direction of the link. Possible values are `Uplink` and `Downlink`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/orbital_spacecraft.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/orbital_spacecraft.html.markdown
index fc5471a68d57..b53467421aaa 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/orbital_spacecraft.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/orbital_spacecraft.html.markdown
@@ -53,9 +53,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `norad_id` - (Required) NORAD ID of the Spacecraft.
 
-* `links` - (Required) A `links` block as defined below.
+* `links` - (Required) A `links` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `two_line_elements` - (Required) A list of the two line elements (TLE), the first string being the first of the TLE, the second string being the second line of the TLE.
+* `two_line_elements` - (Required) A list of the two line elements (TLE), the first string being the first of the TLE, the second string being the second line of the TLE. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `title_line` - (Required) Title of the two line elements (TLE).
 
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ A `links` block supports the following:
 
 * `polarization` - (Required) Polarization. Possible values are `RHCP`, `LHCP`, `linearVertical` and `linearHorizontal`.
 
-* `name` - (Required) Name of the link. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Name of the link.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/orchestrated_virtual_machine_scale_set.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/orchestrated_virtual_machine_scale_set.html.markdown
index d03b6fefc207..971e37301d9e 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/orchestrated_virtual_machine_scale_set.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/orchestrated_virtual_machine_scale_set.html.markdown
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ resource "azurerm_orchestrated_virtual_machine_scale_set" "example" {
 
 * `max_bid_price` - (Optional) The maximum price you're willing to pay for each Orchestrated Virtual Machine in this Scale Set, in US Dollars; which must be greater than the current spot price. If this bid price falls below the current spot price the Virtual Machines in the Scale Set will be evicted using the eviction_policy. Defaults to `-1`, which means that each Virtual Machine in the Orchestrated Scale Set should not be evicted for price reasons.
 
-* `plan` - (Optional) A `plan` block as documented below.
+* `plan` - (Optional) A `plan` block as documented below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `priority` - (Optional) The Priority of this Orchestrated Virtual Machine Scale Set. Possible values are `Regular` and `Spot`. Defaults to `Regular`. Changing this value forces a new resource.
 
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ A `windows_configuration` block supports the following:
 
 * `admin_password` - (Required) The Password which should be used for the local-administrator on this Virtual Machine. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `computer_name_prefix` - (Optional) The prefix which should be used for the name of the Virtual Machines in this Scale Set. If unspecified this defaults to the value for the `name` field. If the value of the `name` field is not a valid `computer_name_prefix`, then you must specify `computer_name_prefix`.
+* `computer_name_prefix` - (Optional) The prefix which should be used for the name of the Virtual Machines in this Scale Set. If unspecified this defaults to the value for the `name` field. If the value of the `name` field is not a valid `computer_name_prefix`, then you must specify `computer_name_prefix`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `enable_automatic_updates` - (Optional) Are automatic updates enabled for this Virtual Machine? Defaults to `true`.
 
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ A `windows_configuration` block supports the following:
 
 * `timezone` - (Optional) Specifies the time zone of the virtual machine, the possible values are defined [here](https://jackstromberg.com/2017/01/list-of-time-zones-consumed-by-azure/).
 
-* `winrm_listener` - (Optional) One or more `winrm_listener` blocks as defined below.
+* `winrm_listener` - (Optional) One or more `winrm_listener` blocks as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ A `linux_configuration` block supports the following:
 
 * `admin_ssh_key` - (Optional) A `admin_ssh_key` block as documented below.
 
-* `computer_name_prefix` - (Optional) The prefix which should be used for the name of the Virtual Machines in this Scale Set. If unspecified this defaults to the value for the name field. If the value of the name field is not a valid `computer_name_prefix`, then you must specify `computer_name_prefix`.
+* `computer_name_prefix` - (Optional) The prefix which should be used for the name of the Virtual Machines in this Scale Set. If unspecified this defaults to the value for the name field. If the value of the name field is not a valid `computer_name_prefix`, then you must specify `computer_name_prefix`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `disable_password_authentication` - (Optional) When an `admin_password` is specified `disable_password_authentication` must be set to `false`. Defaults to `true`.
 
@@ -225,9 +225,9 @@ A (Linux) `certificate` block supports the following:
 
 An `admin_ssh_key` block supports the following:
 
-* `public_key` - (Required) The Public Key which should be used for authentication, which needs to be at least 2048-bit and in ssh-rsa format. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `public_key` - (Required) The Public Key which should be used for authentication, which needs to be at least 2048-bit and in ssh-rsa format.
 
-* `username` - (Required) The Username for which this Public SSH Key should be configured. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `username` - (Required) The Username for which this Public SSH Key should be configured.
 
 -> **NOTE:** The Azure VM Agent only allows creating SSH Keys at the path `/home/{username}/.ssh/authorized_keys` - as such this public key will be written to the authorized keys file.
 
@@ -235,9 +235,9 @@ An `admin_ssh_key` block supports the following:
 
 A `winrm_listener` block supports the following:
 
-* `protocol` - (Required) Specifies the protocol of listener. Possible values are `Http` or `Https`
+* `protocol` - (Required) Specifies the protocol of listener. Possible values are `Http` or `Https`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `certificate_url` - (Optional) The Secret URL of a Key Vault Certificate, which must be specified when protocol is set to `Https`.
+* `certificate_url` - (Optional) The Secret URL of a Key Vault Certificate, which must be specified when protocol is set to `Https`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 -> **NOTE:** This can be sourced from the `secret_id` field within the `azurerm_key_vault_certificate` Resource.
 
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ A `winrm_listener` block supports the following:
 
 An `automatic_instance_repair` block supports the following:
 
-* `enabled` - (Required) Should the automatic instance repair be enabled on this Orchestrated Virtual Machine Scale Set? Possible values are `true` and `false`. Defaults to `false`.
+* `enabled` - (Required) Should the automatic instance repair be enabled on this Orchestrated Virtual Machine Scale Set? Possible values are `true` and `false`.
 
 * `grace_period` - (Optional) Amount of time for which automatic repairs will be delayed. The grace period starts right after the VM is found unhealthy. Possible values are between `30` and `90` minutes. Defaults to `30` minutes. The time duration should be specified in `ISO 8601` format (e.g. `PT30M` to `PT90M`).
 
@@ -357,9 +357,9 @@ An `ip_configuration` block supports the following:
 
 An `ip_tag` block supports the following:
 
-* `tag` - (Required) The IP Tag associated with the Public IP, such as `SQL` or `Storage`.
+* `tag` - (Required) The IP Tag associated with the Public IP, such as `SQL` or `Storage`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `type` - (Required) The Type of IP Tag, such as `FirstPartyUsage`.
+* `type` - (Required) The Type of IP Tag, such as `FirstPartyUsage`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ An `os_disk` block supports the following:
 
 * `storage_account_type` - (Required) The Type of Storage Account which should back this the Internal OS Disk. Possible values include `Standard_LRS`, `StandardSSD_LRS`, `StandardSSD_ZRS`, `Premium_LRS` and `Premium_ZRS`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `diff_disk_settings` - (Optional) A `diff_disk_settings` block as defined above.
+* `diff_disk_settings` - (Optional) A `diff_disk_settings` block as defined above. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `disk_encryption_set_id` - (Optional) The ID of the Disk Encryption Set which should be used to encrypt this OS Disk. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ A `public_ip_address` block supports the following:
 
 * `idle_timeout_in_minutes` - (Optional) The Idle Timeout in Minutes for the Public IP Address. Possible values are in the range `4` to `32`.
 
-* `ip_tag` - (Optional) One or more `ip_tag` blocks as defined above.
+* `ip_tag` - (Optional) One or more `ip_tag` blocks as defined above. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `public_ip_prefix_id` - (Optional) The ID of the Public IP Address Prefix from where Public IP Addresses should be allocated. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/policy_definition.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/policy_definition.html.markdown
index 92d5521aec09..cb9bfe32f046 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/policy_definition.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/policy_definition.html.markdown
@@ -64,8 +64,7 @@ PARAMETERS
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the policy definition. Changing this forces a
-    new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the policy definition. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `policy_type` - (Required) The policy type. Possible values are `BuiltIn`, `Custom`, `NotSpecified` and `Static`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
@@ -77,18 +76,13 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `description` - (Optional) The description of the policy definition.
 
-* `management_group_id` -  (Optional) The id of the Management Group where this policy should be defined. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `management_group_id` - (Optional) The id of the Management Group where this policy should be defined. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `policy_rule` - (Optional) The policy rule for the policy definition. This
-    is a JSON string representing the rule that contains an if and
-    a then block.
+* `policy_rule` - (Optional) The policy rule for the policy definition. This is a JSON string representing the rule that contains an if and a then block.
 
-* `metadata` - (Optional) The metadata for the policy definition. This
-    is a JSON string representing additional metadata that should be stored
-    with the policy definition.
+* `metadata` - (Optional) The metadata for the policy definition. This is a JSON string representing additional metadata that should be stored with the policy definition.
 
-* `parameters` - (Optional) Parameters for the policy definition. This field
-    is a JSON string that allows you to parameterize your policy definition.
+* `parameters` - (Optional) Parameters for the policy definition. This field is a JSON string that allows you to parameterize your policy definition.
 
 ## Attributes Reference
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/policy_set_definition.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/policy_set_definition.html.markdown
index b906cdbb0f72..2282baa04d69 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/policy_set_definition.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/policy_set_definition.html.markdown
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `description` - (Optional) The description of the policy set definition.
 
-* `management_group_id` -  (Optional) The id of the Management Group where this policy set definition should be defined. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `management_group_id` - (Optional) The id of the Management Group where this policy set definition should be defined. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `metadata` - (Optional) The metadata for the policy set definition. This is a JSON object representing additional metadata that should be stored with the policy definition.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/policy_virtual_machine_configuration_assignment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/policy_virtual_machine_configuration_assignment.html.markdown
index 3c7b3038c481..42be6767a795 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/policy_virtual_machine_configuration_assignment.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/policy_virtual_machine_configuration_assignment.html.markdown
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `virtual_machine_id` - (Required) The resource ID of the Policy Virtual Machine which this Guest Configuration Assignment should apply to. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `configuration` - (Required)  A `configuration` block as defined below.
+* `configuration` - (Required) A `configuration` block as defined below.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/postgresql_database.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/postgresql_database.html.markdown
index 32b29f2230a8..1c296a67f007 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/postgresql_database.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/postgresql_database.html.markdown
@@ -49,8 +49,7 @@ resource "azurerm_postgresql_database" "example" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the PostgreSQL Database, which needs [to be a valid PostgreSQL identifier](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/sql-syntax-lexical.html#SQL-SYNTAX-IDENTIFIERS). Changing this forces a
-    new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the PostgreSQL Database, which needs [to be a valid PostgreSQL identifier](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/sql-syntax-lexical.html#SQL-SYNTAX-IDENTIFIERS). Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `server_name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the PostgreSQL Server. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/postgresql_firewall_rule.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/postgresql_firewall_rule.html.markdown
index 63fef557769e..de601e37d9dc 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/postgresql_firewall_rule.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/postgresql_firewall_rule.html.markdown
@@ -61,8 +61,7 @@ resource "azurerm_postgresql_firewall_rule" "example" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the PostgreSQL Firewall Rule. Changing this forces a
-    new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the PostgreSQL Firewall Rule. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `server_name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the PostgreSQL Server. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/postgresql_flexible_server.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/postgresql_flexible_server.html.markdown
index 537475f4a040..d4329c7cb098 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/postgresql_flexible_server.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/postgresql_flexible_server.html.markdown
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `administrator_password` - (Optional) The Password associated with the `administrator_login` for the PostgreSQL Flexible Server. Required when `create_mode` is `Default`.
 
-* `authentication` - (Optional)  An `authentication` block as defined below.
+* `authentication` - (Optional) An `authentication` block as defined below.
 
 * `backup_retention_days` - (Optional) The backup retention days for the PostgreSQL Flexible Server. Possible values are between `7` and `35` days.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/private_dns_resolver_dns_forwarding_ruleset.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/private_dns_resolver_dns_forwarding_ruleset.html.markdown
index 0f95ef7abcc6..89eaddf121f9 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/private_dns_resolver_dns_forwarding_ruleset.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/private_dns_resolver_dns_forwarding_ruleset.html.markdown
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `resource_group_name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the Resource Group where the Private DNS Resolver Dns Forwarding Ruleset should exist. Changing this forces a new Private DNS Resolver Dns Forwarding Ruleset to be created.
 
-* `private_dns_resolver_outbound_endpoint_ids` - (Required)  The list of IDs of the Private DNS Resolver Outbound Endpoint that is linked to the Private DNS Resolver Dns Forwarding Ruleset.
+* `private_dns_resolver_outbound_endpoint_ids` - (Required) The list of IDs of the Private DNS Resolver Outbound Endpoint that is linked to the Private DNS Resolver Dns Forwarding Ruleset.
 
 * `location` - (Required) Specifies the Azure Region where the Private DNS Resolver Dns Forwarding Ruleset should exist. Changing this forces a new Private DNS Resolver Dns Forwarding Ruleset to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/private_dns_resolver_outbound_endpoint.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/private_dns_resolver_outbound_endpoint.html.markdown
index e9d885031ecb..74db4aaba15f 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/private_dns_resolver_outbound_endpoint.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/private_dns_resolver_outbound_endpoint.html.markdown
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `location` - (Required) Specifies the Azure Region where the Private DNS Resolver Outbound Endpoint should exist. Changing this forces a new Private DNS Resolver Outbound Endpoint to be created.
 
-* `subnet_id` - (Required)  The ID of the Subnet that is linked to the Private DNS Resolver Outbound Endpoint. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `subnet_id` - (Required) The ID of the Subnet that is linked to the Private DNS Resolver Outbound Endpoint. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `tags` - (Optional) A mapping of tags which should be assigned to the Private DNS Resolver Outbound Endpoint.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/private_endpoint.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/private_endpoint.html.markdown
index 66ac1bcf691f..645ab14e3d79 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/private_endpoint.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/private_endpoint.html.markdown
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `private_service_connection` - (Required) A `private_service_connection` block as defined below.
 
-* `ip_configuration` - (Optional) One or more `ip_configuration` blocks as defined below. This allows a static IP address to be set for this Private Endpoint, otherwise an address is dynamically allocated from the Subnet. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `ip_configuration` - (Optional) One or more `ip_configuration` blocks as defined below. This allows a static IP address to be set for this Private Endpoint, otherwise an address is dynamically allocated from the Subnet.
 
 * `tags` - (Optional) A mapping of tags to assign to the resource.
 
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 A `private_dns_zone_group` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the Name of the Private DNS Zone Group. Changing this forces a new `private_dns_zone_group` resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the Name of the Private DNS Zone Group.
 
 * `private_dns_zone_ids` - (Required) Specifies the list of Private DNS Zones to include within the `private_dns_zone_group`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/proximity_placement_group.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/proximity_placement_group.html.markdown
index 48fbee67fb36..50c20bc8c420 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/proximity_placement_group.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/proximity_placement_group.html.markdown
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `location` - (Required) Specifies the supported Azure location where the resource exists. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `allowed_vm_sizes` - (Optional) Specifies the supported sizes of Virtual Machines that can be created in the Proximity Placement Group.
+* `allowed_vm_sizes` - (Optional) Specifies the supported sizes of Virtual Machines that can be created in the Proximity Placement Group. Possible values are `Basic_A4`, `Basic_A1`, `Basic_A3`, `Basic_A2`, `Basic_A0`, `Standard_A8`, `Standard_A8_v2`, `Standard_A8m_v2`, `Standard_A5`, `Standard_A4`, `Standard_A4_v2`, `Standard_A4m_v2`, `Standard_A9`, `Standard_A1`, `Standard_A11`, `Standard_A1_v2`, `Standard_A10`, `Standard_A7`, `Standard_A6`, `Standard_A3`, `Standard_A2`, `Standard_A2_v2`, `Standard_A2m_v2`, `Standard_A0`, `Standard_B8ms`, `Standard_B4ms`, `Standard_B1ms`, `Standard_B1s`, `Standard_B2ms`, `Standard_B2s`, `Standard_D8_v3`, `Standard_D8s_v3`, `Standard_D5_v2`, `Standard_D4`, `Standard_D4_v3`, `Standard_D4_v2`, `Standard_D4s_v3`, `Standard_D1`, `Standard_D15_v2`, `Standard_D14`, `Standard_D14_v2`, `Standard_D11`, `Standard_D11_v2`, `Standard_D16_v3`, `Standard_D16s_v3`, `Standard_D13`, `Standard_D13_v2`, `Standard_D12`, `Standard_D12_v2`, `Standard_D1_v2`, `Standard_DS5_v2`, `Standard_DS4`, `Standard_DS4_v2`, `Standard_DS1`, `Standard_DS15_v2`, `Standard_DS14`, `Standard_DS14-8_v2`, `Standard_DS14-4_v2`, `Standard_DS14_v2`, `Standard_DS11`, `Standard_DS11_v2`, `Standard_DS13`, `Standard_DS13-4_v2`, `Standard_DS13-2_v2`, `Standard_DS13_v2`, `Standard_DS12`, `Standard_DS12_v2`, `Standard_DS1_v2`, `Standard_DS3`, `Standard_DS3_v2`, `Standard_DS2`, `Standard_DS2_v2`, `Standard_D64_v3`, `Standard_D64s_v3`, `Standard_D3`, `Standard_D32_v3`, `Standard_D32s_v3`, `Standard_D3_v2`, `Standard_D2`, `Standard_D2_v3`, `Standard_D2_v2`, `Standard_D2s_v3`, `Standard_E8_v3`, `Standard_E8s_v3`, `Standard_E4_v3`, `Standard_E4s_v3`, `Standard_E16_v3`, `Standard_E16s_v3`, `Standard_E64-16s_v3`, `Standard_E64-32s_v3`, `Standard_E64_v3`, `Standard_E64s_v3`, `Standard_E32-8s_v3`, `Standard_E32-16_v3`, `Standard_E32_v3`, `Standard_E32s_v3`, `Standard_E2_v3`, `Standard_E2s_v3`, `Standard_F8`, `Standard_F8s`, `Standard_F8s_v2`, `Standard_F4`, `Standard_F4s`, `Standard_F4s_v2`, `Standard_F1`, `Standard_F16`, `Standard_F16s`, `Standard_F16s_v2`, `Standard_F1s`, `Standard_F72s_v2`, `Standard_F64s_v2`, `Standard_F32s_v2`, `Standard_F2`, `Standard_F2s`, `Standard_F2s_v2`, `Standard_G5`, `Standard_G4`, `Standard_G1`, `Standard_GS5`, `Standard_GS5-8`, `Standard_GS5-16`, `Standard_GS4`, `Standard_GS4-8`, `Standard_GS4-4`, `Standard_GS1`, `Standard_GS3`, `Standard_GS2`, `Standard_G3`, `Standard_G2`, `Standard_H8`, `Standard_H8m`, `Standard_H16`, `Standard_H16m`, `Standard_H16mr`, `Standard_H16r`, `Standard_L8s`, `Standard_L4s`, `Standard_L16s`, `Standard_L32s`, `Standard_M128-64ms`, `Standard_M128-32ms`, `Standard_M128ms`, `Standard_M128s`, `Standard_M64-16ms`, `Standard_M64-32ms`, `Standard_M64ms`, `Standard_M64s`, `Standard_NC12`, `Standard_NC12s_v3`, `Standard_NC12s_v2`, `Standard_NC6`, `Standard_NC6s_v3`, `Standard_NC6s_v2`, `Standard_NC24`, `Standard_NC24r`, `Standard_NC24rs_v3`, `Standard_NC24rs_v2`, `Standard_NC24s_v3`, `Standard_NC24s_v2`, `Standard_ND12s`, `Standard_ND6s`, `Standard_ND24rs`, `Standard_ND24s`, `Standard_NV12`, `Standard_NV6` and `Standard_NV24`.
 
 * `zone` - (Optional) Specifies the supported zone of the Proximity Placement Group. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/public_ip.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/public_ip.html.markdown
index fa46df7ba877..bc9f292198f9 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/public_ip.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/public_ip.html.markdown
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `location` - (Required) Specifies the supported Azure location where the Public IP should exist. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `allocation_method` - (Required)  Defines the allocation method for this IP address. Possible values are `Static` or `Dynamic`.
+* `allocation_method` - (Required) Defines the allocation method for this IP address. Possible values are `Static` or `Dynamic`.
 
 ~> **Note** `Dynamic` Public IP Addresses aren't allocated until they're assigned to a resource (such as a Virtual Machine or a Load Balancer) by design within Azure. See `ip_address` argument.
 
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 -> **Note:** `ddos_protection_plan_id` can only be set when `ddos_protection_mode` is `Enabled`.
 
-* `domain_name_label` - (Optional) Label for the Domain Name. Will be used to make up the FQDN.  If a domain name label is specified, an A DNS record is created for the public IP in the Microsoft Azure DNS system.
+* `domain_name_label` - (Optional) Label for the Domain Name. Will be used to make up the FQDN. If a domain name label is specified, an A DNS record is created for the public IP in the Microsoft Azure DNS system.
 
 * `edge_zone` - (Optional) Specifies the Edge Zone within the Azure Region where this Public IP should exist. Changing this forces a new Public IP to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/redis_cache.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/redis_cache.html.markdown
index d647bed2ebf9..daa9b8d4eddf 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/redis_cache.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/redis_cache.html.markdown
@@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ resource "azurerm_redis_cache" "example" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the Redis instance. Changing this forces a
-    new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the Redis instance. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `location` - (Required) The location of the resource group. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
@@ -62,7 +61,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `identity` - (Optional) An `identity` block as defined below.
 
-* `minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The minimum TLS version.  Possible values are `1.0`, `1.1` and `1.2`. Defaults to `1.0`.
+* `minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The minimum TLS version. Possible values are `1.0`, `1.1` and `1.2`. Defaults to `1.0`.
 
 * `patch_schedule` - (Optional) A list of `patch_schedule` blocks as defined below.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/redis_enterprise_cluster.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/redis_enterprise_cluster.html.markdown
index 27e27e9e8809..664dfb430bca 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/redis_enterprise_cluster.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/redis_enterprise_cluster.html.markdown
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `sku_name` - (Required) The `sku_name` is comprised of two segments separated by a hyphen (e.g. `Enterprise_E10-2`). The first segment of the `sku_name` defines the `name` of the SKU, possible values are `Enterprise_E10`, `Enterprise_E20"`, `Enterprise_E50`, `Enterprise_E100`, `EnterpriseFlash_F300`, `EnterpriseFlash_F700` or `EnterpriseFlash_F1500`. The second segment defines the `capacity` of the `sku_name`, possible values for `Enteprise` SKUs are (`2`, `4`, `6`, ...). Possible values for `EnterpriseFlash` SKUs are (`3`, `9`, `15`, ...). Changing this forces a new Redis Enterprise Cluster to be created.
 
-* `minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The minimum TLS version.  Possible values are `1.0`, `1.1` and `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`. Changing this forces a new Redis Enterprise Cluster to be created.
+* `minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The minimum TLS version. Possible values are `1.0`, `1.1` and `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`. Changing this forces a new Redis Enterprise Cluster to be created.
 
 * `zones` - (Optional) Specifies a list of Availability Zones in which this Redis Enterprise Cluster should be located. Changing this forces a new Redis Enterprise Cluster to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/redis_enterprise_database.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/redis_enterprise_database.html.markdown
index 13b3f6ecca62..885a8938fc24 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/redis_enterprise_database.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/redis_enterprise_database.html.markdown
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `eviction_policy` - (Optional) Redis eviction policy - default is `VolatileLRU`. Possible values are `AllKeysLFU`, `AllKeysLRU`, `AllKeysRandom`, `VolatileLRU`, `VolatileLFU`, `VolatileTTL`, `VolatileRandom` and `NoEviction`. Changing this forces a new Redis Enterprise Database to be created.
 
-* `module` - (Optional)  A `module` block as defined below.
+* `module` - (Optional) A `module` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 -> **NOTE:** Only RediSearch module is allowed with geo-replication
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/resource_deployment_script_azure_cli.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/resource_deployment_script_azure_cli.html.markdown
index 8b3b7e6ff9b2..0e873df48a02 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/resource_deployment_script_azure_cli.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/resource_deployment_script_azure_cli.html.markdown
@@ -110,9 +110,9 @@ An `environment_variable` block supports the following:
 
 An `identity` block supports the following:
 
-* `type` - (Required) Type of the managed identity. The only possible value is `UserAssigned`.
+* `type` - (Required) Type of the managed identity. The only possible value is `UserAssigned`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `identity_ids` - (Required) Specifies the list of user-assigned managed identity IDs associated with the resource.
+* `identity_ids` - (Required) Specifies the list of user-assigned managed identity IDs associated with the resource. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/resource_deployment_script_azure_power_shell.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/resource_deployment_script_azure_power_shell.html.markdown
index 2ccafd709fc9..e96fe8e15492 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/resource_deployment_script_azure_power_shell.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/resource_deployment_script_azure_power_shell.html.markdown
@@ -114,9 +114,9 @@ An `environment_variable` block supports the following:
 
 An `identity` block supports the following:
 
-* `type` - (Required) Type of the managed identity. The only possible value is `UserAssigned`.
+* `type` - (Required) Type of the managed identity. The only possible value is `UserAssigned`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `identity_ids` - (Required) Specifies the list of user-assigned managed identity IDs associated with the resource.
+* `identity_ids` - (Required) Specifies the list of user-assigned managed identity IDs associated with the resource. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/role_definition.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/role_definition.html.markdown
index 8dd0d94b2800..f2860349805c 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/role_definition.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/role_definition.html.markdown
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ The following attributes are exported:
 
 * `id` - This ID is specific to Terraform - and is of the format `{roleDefinitionId}|{scope}`.
 
-* `role_definition_id` - (Optional) The Role Definition ID.
+* `role_definition_id` - (Optional) The Role Definition ID. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `role_definition_resource_id` - The Azure Resource Manager ID for the resource.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/route_server.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/route_server.html.markdown
index 194a38698e9e..5efa7e18e2f8 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/route_server.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/route_server.html.markdown
@@ -69,11 +69,11 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 -> **NOTE:** Azure Route Server requires a dedicated subnet named RouteServerSubnet. The subnet size has to be at least /27 or short prefix (such as /26 or /25) and cannot be attached to any security group, otherwise, you'll receive an error message when deploying the Route Server
 
-* `sku` - (Required) The SKU of the Route Server. The only possible value is `Standard`.
+* `sku` - (Required) The SKU of the Route Server. The only possible value is `Standard`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `public_ip_address_id` - (Required) The ID of the Public IP Address. This option is required since September 1st 2021. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `branch_to_branch_traffic_enabled` - (Optional)  Whether to enable route exchange between Azure Route Server and the gateway(s)
+* `branch_to_branch_traffic_enabled` - (Optional) Whether to enable route exchange between Azure Route Server and the gateway(s)
 
 * `tags` - (Optional) A mapping of tags to assign to the resource.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/route_table.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/route_table.html.markdown
index 26f086b6590e..5bf4fb41b334 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/route_table.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/route_table.html.markdown
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 A `route` block support:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the route. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the route.
 
 * `address_prefix` - (Required) The destination to which the route applies. Can be CIDR (such as `10.1.0.0/16`) or [Azure Service Tag](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/virtual-network/service-tags-overview) (such as `ApiManagement`, `AzureBackup` or `AzureMonitor`) format.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/sentinel_alert_rule_scheduled.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/sentinel_alert_rule_scheduled.html.markdown
index cc353b616ab4..d9675052a9bc 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/sentinel_alert_rule_scheduled.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/sentinel_alert_rule_scheduled.html.markdown
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ A `grouping` block supports the following:
 
 * `group_by_entities` - (Optional) A list of entity types to group by, only when the `entity_matching_method` is `Selected`. Possible values are `Account`, `AzureResource`, `CloudApplication`, `DNS`, `File`, `FileHash`, `Host`, `IP`, `Mailbox`, `MailCluster`, `MailMessage`, `Malware`, `Process`, `RegistryKey`, `RegistryValue`, `SecurityGroup`, `SubmissionMail`, `URL`.
 
-* `group_by_alert_details` - (Optional) A list of alert details to group by, only when the `entity_matching_method` is `Selected`.
+* `group_by_alert_details` - (Optional) A list of alert details to group by, only when the `entity_matching_method` is `Selected`. Possible values are `DisplayName` and `Severity`.
 
 * `group_by_custom_details` - (Optional) A list of custom details keys to group by, only when the `entity_matching_method` is `Selected`. Only keys defined in the `custom_details` may be used.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/sentinel_data_connector_microsoft_cloud_app_security.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/sentinel_data_connector_microsoft_cloud_app_security.html.markdown
index 155c317864c8..1b8f93631779 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/sentinel_data_connector_microsoft_cloud_app_security.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/sentinel_data_connector_microsoft_cloud_app_security.html.markdown
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 -> **NOTE:** One of either `alerts_enabled` or `discovery_logs_enabled` has to be specified.
 
-* `tenant_id` - (Optional) The ID of the Tenant that this Microsoft Cloud App Security Data Connector connects to. Changing this forces a new Microsoft Cloud App Security Data Connector to be created.
+* `tenant_id` - (Optional) The ID of the Tenant that this Microsoft Cloud App Security Data Connector connects to.
 
 -> **NOTE** Currently, only the same tenant as the running account is allowed. Cross-tenant scenario is not supported yet.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/sentinel_data_connector_threat_intelligence_taxii.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/sentinel_data_connector_threat_intelligence_taxii.html.markdown
index e7da7b5d6b8d..f200fddbd6bc 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/sentinel_data_connector_threat_intelligence_taxii.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/sentinel_data_connector_threat_intelligence_taxii.html.markdown
@@ -89,6 +89,7 @@ The `timeouts` block allows you to specify [timeouts](https://www.terraform.io/l
 * `create` - (Defaults to 30 minutes) Used when creating the Threat Intelligence TAXII Data Connector.
 * `read` - (Defaults to 5 minutes) Used when retrieving the Threat Intelligence TAXII Data Connector.
 * `delete` - (Defaults to 30 minutes) Used when deleting the Threat Intelligence TAXII Data Connector.
+* `update` - (Defaults to 30 minutes) Used when updating the Sentinel Data Connector Threat Intelligence Taxii.
 
 ## Import
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/service_fabric_cluster.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/service_fabric_cluster.html.markdown
index 07d022157192..46fc519ddf94 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/service_fabric_cluster.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/service_fabric_cluster.html.markdown
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 -> **NOTE:** If Client Certificates are enabled then at a Certificate must be configured on the cluster.
 
-* `diagnostics_config` - (Optional) A `diagnostics_config` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `diagnostics_config` - (Optional) A `diagnostics_config` block as defined below.
 
 * `fabric_settings` - (Optional) One or more `fabric_settings` blocks as defined below.
 
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ A `node_type` block supports the following:
 
 * `ephemeral_ports` - (Optional) A `ephemeral_ports` block as defined below.
 
-* `reverse_proxy_endpoint_port` - (Optional) The Port used for the Reverse Proxy Endpoint  for this Node Type. Changing this will upgrade the cluster.
+* `reverse_proxy_endpoint_port` - (Optional) The Port used for the Reverse Proxy Endpoint for this Node Type. Changing this will upgrade the cluster.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/service_fabric_managed_cluster.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/service_fabric_managed_cluster.html.markdown
index 5ec05554f5d9..7229b69f139d 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/service_fabric_managed_cluster.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/service_fabric_managed_cluster.html.markdown
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `password` - (Optional) Administrator password for the VMs that will be created as part of this cluster.
 
-* `sku` - (Optional) SKU for this cluster.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Default is `Basic`, allowed values are either `Basic` or `Standard`.
+* `sku` - (Optional) SKU for this cluster. Changing this forces a new resource to be created. Default is `Basic`, allowed values are either `Basic` or `Standard`.
 
 * `tags` - (Optional) A mapping of tags which should be assigned to the Resource Group.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/servicebus_namespace.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/servicebus_namespace.html.markdown
index 438f6fe68911..5395ebe81024 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/servicebus_namespace.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/servicebus_namespace.html.markdown
@@ -38,8 +38,7 @@ resource "azurerm_servicebus_namespace" "example" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the ServiceBus Namespace resource . Changing this forces a
-    new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the ServiceBus Namespace resource . Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group in which to Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
     create the namespace.
@@ -107,11 +106,9 @@ A `identity` block exports the following:
 The following attributes are exported only if there is an authorization rule named
 `RootManageSharedAccessKey` which is created automatically by Azure.
 
-* `default_primary_connection_string` - The primary connection string for the authorization
-    rule `RootManageSharedAccessKey`.
+* `default_primary_connection_string` - The primary connection string for the authorization rule `RootManageSharedAccessKey`.
 
-* `default_secondary_connection_string` - The secondary connection string for the
-    authorization rule `RootManageSharedAccessKey`.
+* `default_secondary_connection_string` - The secondary connection string for the authorization rule `RootManageSharedAccessKey`.
 
 * `default_primary_key` - The primary access key for the authorization rule `RootManageSharedAccessKey`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/servicebus_namespace_network_rule_set.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/servicebus_namespace_network_rule_set.html.markdown
index 4ee94be8545f..1bb869d069f0 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/servicebus_namespace_network_rule_set.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/servicebus_namespace_network_rule_set.html.markdown
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `public_network_access_enabled` - (Optional) Whether to allow traffic over public network. Possible values are `true` and `false`. Defaults to `true`.
 
-* `trusted_services_allowed` - (Optional) If True, then Azure Services that are known and trusted for this resource type are allowed to bypass firewall configuration. See [Trusted Microsoft Services](https://github.com/MicrosoftDocs/azure-docs/blob/master/articles/service-bus-messaging/includes/service-bus-trusted-services.md)  
+* `trusted_services_allowed` - (Optional) If True, then Azure Services that are known and trusted for this resource type are allowed to bypass firewall configuration. See [Trusted Microsoft Services](https://github.com/MicrosoftDocs/azure-docs/blob/master/articles/service-bus-messaging/includes/service-bus-trusted-services.md) 
 
 * `ip_rules` - (Optional) One or more IP Addresses, or CIDR Blocks which should be able to access the ServiceBus Namespace.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/servicebus_queue.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/servicebus_queue.html.markdown
index 403733aa1cde..4e39b45e6565 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/servicebus_queue.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/servicebus_queue.html.markdown
@@ -47,9 +47,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `lock_duration` - (Optional) The ISO 8601 timespan duration of a peek-lock; that is, the amount of time that the message is locked for other receivers. Maximum value is 5 minutes. Defaults to 1 minute (`PT1M`).
 
-* `max_message_size_in_kilobytes` - (Optional) Integer value which controls the maximum size of
-    a message allowed on the queue for Premium SKU. For supported values see the "Large messages support"
-    section of [this document](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/service-bus-messaging/service-bus-premium-messaging#large-messages-support-preview).
+* `max_message_size_in_kilobytes` - (Optional) Integer value which controls the maximum size of a message allowed on the queue for Premium SKU. For supported values see the "Large messages support" section of [this document](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/service-bus-messaging/service-bus-premium-messaging#large-messages-support-preview).
 
 * `max_size_in_megabytes` - (Optional) Integer value which controls the size of memory allocated for the queue. For supported values see the "Queue or topic size" section of [Service Bus Quotas](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/service-bus-messaging/service-bus-quotas). Defaults to `1024`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/servicebus_subscription.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/servicebus_subscription.html.markdown
index cb5d26ebf3cd..39eb9e6ca375 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/servicebus_subscription.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/servicebus_subscription.html.markdown
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `default_message_ttl` - (Optional) The Default message timespan to live as an [ISO 8601 duration](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601#Durations). This is the duration after which the message expires, starting from when the message is sent to Service Bus. This is the default value used when TimeToLive is not set on a message itself.
 
-* `lock_duration` - (Optional) The lock duration for the subscription as an [ISO 8601 duration](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601#Durations). The default value is `1` minute or  `P0DT0H1M0S` . The maximum value is `5` minutes or `P0DT0H5M0S` .
+* `lock_duration` - (Optional) The lock duration for the subscription as an [ISO 8601 duration](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601#Durations). The default value is `1` minute or `P0DT0H1M0S` . The maximum value is `5` minutes or `P0DT0H5M0S` .
 
 * `dead_lettering_on_message_expiration` - (Optional) Boolean flag which controls whether the Subscription has dead letter support when a message expires.
 
@@ -73,17 +73,17 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `status` - (Optional) The status of the Subscription. Possible values are `Active`,`ReceiveDisabled`, or `Disabled`. Defaults to `Active`.
 
-* `client_scoped_subscription_enabled` - (Optional)  whether the subscription is scoped to a client id. Defaults to `False`.
+* `client_scoped_subscription_enabled` - (Optional) whether the subscription is scoped to a client id. Defaults to `False`.
 
 ~> **NOTE:** Client Scoped Subscription can only be used for JMS subscription (Java Message Service).
 
-* `client_scoped_subscription` - (Optional)  A `client_scoped_subscription` block as defined below.
+* `client_scoped_subscription` - (Optional) A `client_scoped_subscription` block as defined below.
 
 ---
 
 A `client_scoped_subscription` block supports the following:
 
-* `client_id` - (Optional)  Specifies the Client ID of the application that created the client-scoped subscription. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `client_id` - (Optional) Specifies the Client ID of the application that created the client-scoped subscription. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ~> **NOTE:** Client ID can be null or empty, but it must match the client ID set on the JMS client application. From the Azure Service Bus perspective, a null client ID and an empty client id have the same behavior. If the client ID is set to null or empty, it is only accessible to client applications whose client ID is also set to null or empty.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/servicebus_topic.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/servicebus_topic.html.markdown
index ef11f4d96920..8691f319bc7d 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/servicebus_topic.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/servicebus_topic.html.markdown
@@ -43,29 +43,22 @@ resource "azurerm_servicebus_topic" "example" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the ServiceBus Topic resource. Changing this forces a
-    new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the ServiceBus Topic resource. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `namespace_id` - (Required) The ID of the ServiceBus Namespace to create Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
     this topic in. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `status` - (Optional) The Status of the Service Bus Topic. Acceptable values are `Active` or `Disabled`. Defaults to `Active`.
 
-* `auto_delete_on_idle` - (Optional) The ISO 8601 timespan duration of the idle interval after which the
-    Topic is automatically deleted, minimum of 5 minutes.
+* `auto_delete_on_idle` - (Optional) The ISO 8601 timespan duration of the idle interval after which the Topic is automatically deleted, minimum of 5 minutes.
 
-* `default_message_ttl` - (Optional) The ISO 8601 timespan duration of TTL of messages sent to this topic if no
-    TTL value is set on the message itself.
+* `default_message_ttl` - (Optional) The ISO 8601 timespan duration of TTL of messages sent to this topic if no TTL value is set on the message itself.
 
-* `duplicate_detection_history_time_window` - (Optional) The ISO 8601 timespan duration during which
-    duplicates can be detected. Defaults to 10 minutes. (`PT10M`)
+* `duplicate_detection_history_time_window` - (Optional) The ISO 8601 timespan duration during which duplicates can be detected. Defaults to 10 minutes. (`PT10M`)
 
-* `enable_batched_operations` - (Optional) Boolean flag which controls if server-side
-    batched operations are enabled. Defaults to false.
+* `enable_batched_operations` - (Optional) Boolean flag which controls if server-side batched operations are enabled.
 
-* `enable_express` - (Optional) Boolean flag which controls whether Express Entities
-    are enabled. An express topic holds a message in memory temporarily before writing
-    it to persistent storage. Defaults to false.
+* `enable_express` - (Optional) Boolean flag which controls whether Express Entities are enabled. An express topic holds a message in memory temporarily before writing it to persistent storage.
 
 * `enable_partitioning` - (Optional) Boolean flag which controls whether to enable Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
     the topic to be partitioned across multiple message brokers. Defaults to false.
@@ -73,20 +66,15 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 -> **NOTE:** Partitioning is available at entity creation for all queues and topics in Basic or Standard SKUs. It is not available for the Premium messaging SKU, but any previously existing partitioned entities in Premium namespaces continue to work as expected. Please [see the documentation](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/service-bus-messaging/service-bus-partitioning) for more information.
 
-* `max_message_size_in_kilobytes` - (Optional) Integer value which controls the maximum size of
-    a message allowed on the topic for Premium SKU. For supported values see the "Large messages support"
-    section of [this document](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/service-bus-messaging/service-bus-premium-messaging#large-messages-support-preview).
+* `max_message_size_in_kilobytes` - (Optional) Integer value which controls the maximum size of a message allowed on the topic for Premium SKU. For supported values see the "Large messages support" section of [this document](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/service-bus-messaging/service-bus-premium-messaging#large-messages-support-preview).
 
-* `max_size_in_megabytes` - (Optional) Integer value which controls the size of
-    memory allocated for the topic. For supported values see the "Queue/topic size"
-    section of [this document](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/service-bus-messaging/service-bus-quotas).
+* `max_size_in_megabytes` - (Optional) Integer value which controls the size of memory allocated for the topic. For supported values see the "Queue/topic size" section of [this document](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/service-bus-messaging/service-bus-quotas).
 
 * `requires_duplicate_detection` - (Optional) Boolean flag which controls whether Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
     the Topic requires duplicate detection. Defaults to false. Changing this forces
     a new resource to be created.
 
-* `support_ordering` - (Optional) Boolean flag which controls whether the Topic
-    supports ordering. Defaults to false.
+* `support_ordering` - (Optional) Boolean flag which controls whether the Topic supports ordering.
 
 ## Attributes Reference
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/shared_image_version.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/shared_image_version.html.markdown
index 83f6028267ea..de31c22eef11 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/shared_image_version.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/shared_image_version.html.markdown
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 -> **NOTE:** You must specify exact one of `blob_uri`, `managed_image_id` and `os_disk_snapshot_id`.
 
-* `replication_mode` - (Optional)  Mode to be used for replication. Possible values are `Full` and `Shallow`. Defaults to `Full`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `replication_mode` - (Optional) Mode to be used for replication. Possible values are `Full` and `Shallow`. Defaults to `Full`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `storage_account_id` - (Optional) The ID of the Storage Account where the Blob exists. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 The `target_region` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The Azure Region in which this Image Version should exist. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The Azure Region in which this Image Version should exist.
 
 * `regional_replica_count` - (Required) The number of replicas of the Image Version to be created per region.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/site_recovery_replicated_vm.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/site_recovery_replicated_vm.html.markdown
index add2626c7c90..7f594a86b073 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/site_recovery_replicated_vm.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/site_recovery_replicated_vm.html.markdown
@@ -238,15 +238,15 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `target_resource_group_id` - (Required) Id of resource group where the VM should be created when a failover is done. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `target_recovery_fabric_id` - (Required)  Id of fabric where the VM replication should be handled when a failover is done. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `target_recovery_fabric_id` - (Required) Id of fabric where the VM replication should be handled when a failover is done. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `target_recovery_protection_container_id` - (Required)  Id of protection container where the VM replication should be created when a failover is done. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `target_recovery_protection_container_id` - (Required) Id of protection container where the VM replication should be created when a failover is done. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `target_availability_set_id` - (Optional)  Id of availability set that the new VM should belong to when a failover is done.
+* `target_availability_set_id` - (Optional) Id of availability set that the new VM should belong to when a failover is done.
 
 * `target_zone` - (Optional) Specifies the Availability Zone where the Failover VM should exist. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `managed_disk` - (Optional) One or more `managed_disk` block as defined below.
+* `managed_disk` - (Optional) One or more `managed_disk` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `target_network_id` - (Optional) Network to use when a failover is done (recommended to set if any network_interface is configured for failover).
 
@@ -256,17 +256,17 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 A `managed_disk` block supports the following:
 
-* `disk_id` - (Required) Id of disk that should be replicated.
+* `disk_id` - (Required) Id of disk that should be replicated. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `staging_storage_account_id` - (Required) Storage account that should be used for caching.
+* `staging_storage_account_id` - (Required) Storage account that should be used for caching. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `target_resource_group_id` - (Required) Resource group disk should belong to when a failover is done.
+* `target_resource_group_id` - (Required) Resource group disk should belong to when a failover is done. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `target_disk_type` - (Required) What type should the disk be when a failover is done. Possible values are `Standard_LRS`, `Premium_LRS`, `StandardSSD_LRS` and `UltraSSD_LRS`.
+* `target_disk_type` - (Required) What type should the disk be when a failover is done. Possible values are `Standard_LRS`, `Premium_LRS`, `StandardSSD_LRS` and `UltraSSD_LRS`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `target_replica_disk_type` - (Required) What type should the disk be that holds the replication data. Possible values are `Standard_LRS`, `Premium_LRS`, `StandardSSD_LRS` and `UltraSSD_LRS`.
+* `target_replica_disk_type` - (Required) What type should the disk be that holds the replication data. Possible values are `Standard_LRS`, `Premium_LRS`, `StandardSSD_LRS` and `UltraSSD_LRS`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `target_disk_encryption_set_id` - (Optional)  The Disk Encryption Set that the Managed Disk will be associated with.
+* `target_disk_encryption_set_id` - (Optional) The Disk Encryption Set that the Managed Disk will be associated with. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `target_disk_encryption` - (Optional) A `target_disk_encryption` block as defined below.
 
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ In addition to the arguments above, the following attributes are exported:
 
 The `timeouts` block allows you to specify [timeouts](https://www.terraform.io/language/resources/syntax#operation-timeouts) for certain actions:
 
-* `create` - (Defaults to 120 minutes) Used when creating the Site Recovery Replicated VM.
+* `create` - (Defaults to 3 hours) Used when creating the Site Recovery Replicated VM.
 * `update` - (Defaults to 80 minutes) Used when updating the Site Recovery Replicated VM.
 * `read` - (Defaults to 5 minutes) Used when retrieving the Site Recovery Replicated VM.
 * `delete` - (Defaults to 80 minutes) Used when deleting the Site Recovery Replicated VM.
diff --git a/website/docs/r/spring_cloud_connection.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/spring_cloud_connection.html.markdown
index 7a9763cafc21..60247e166547 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/spring_cloud_connection.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/spring_cloud_connection.html.markdown
@@ -99,9 +99,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 An `authentication` block supports the following:
 
-* `type` - (Required) The authentication type. Possible values are `systemAssignedIdentity`, `userAssignedIdentity`, `servicePrincipalSecret`, `servicePrincipalCertificate`, `secret`.
+* `type` - (Required) The authentication type. Possible values are `systemAssignedIdentity`, `userAssignedIdentity`, `servicePrincipalSecret`, `servicePrincipalCertificate`, `secret`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `name` - (Required) Username or account name for secret auth. `name` and `secret` should be either both specified or both not specified when `type` is set to `secret`.
+* `name` - (Optional) Username or account name for secret auth. `name` and `secret` should be either both specified or both not specified when `type` is set to `secret`.
 
 * `secret` - (Optional) Password or account key for secret auth. `secret` and `name` should be either both specified or both not specified when `type` is set to `secret`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/spring_cloud_gateway.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/spring_cloud_gateway.html.markdown
index 8d6196d98472..e16884c72655 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/spring_cloud_gateway.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/spring_cloud_gateway.html.markdown
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `cors` - (Optional) A `cors` block as defined below.
 
-* `environment_variables` - (Optional) Specifies the environment variables of the Spring Cloud Gateway as a map of key-value pairs.
+* `environment_variables` - (Optional) Specifies the environment variables of the Spring Cloud Gateway as a map of key-value pairs. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `https_only` - (Optional) is only https is allowed?
 
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `quota` - (Optional) A `quota` block as defined below.
 
-* `sensitive_environment_variables` - (Optional) Specifies the sensitive environment variables of the Spring Cloud Gateway as a map of key-value pairs.
+* `sensitive_environment_variables` - (Optional) Specifies the sensitive environment variables of the Spring Cloud Gateway as a map of key-value pairs. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `sso` - (Optional) A `sso` block as defined below.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/spring_cloud_service.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/spring_cloud_service.html.markdown
index 11eb6d905a59..ef49267e8c8b 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/spring_cloud_service.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/spring_cloud_service.html.markdown
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ The `network` block supports the following:
 
 * `app_network_resource_group` - (Optional) Specifies the Name of the resource group containing network resources of Azure Spring Cloud Apps. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `read_timeout_seconds` - (Optional) Ingress read time out in seconds. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `read_timeout_seconds` - (Optional) Ingress read time out in seconds.
 
 * `service_runtime_network_resource_group` - (Optional) Specifies the Name of the resource group containing network resources of Azure Spring Cloud Service Runtime. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ The `config_server_git_setting` block supports the following:
 
 The `repository` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) A name to identify on the Git repository, required only if repos exists. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) A name to identify on the Git repository, required only if repos exists.
 
 * `uri` - (Required) The URI of the Git repository that's used as the Config Server back end should be started with `http://`, `https://`, `git@`, or `ssh://`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/sql_database.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/sql_database.html.markdown
index 103369502f24..10c24ad20241 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/sql_database.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/sql_database.html.markdown
@@ -59,13 +59,13 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `name` - (Required) The name of the database. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group in which to create the database.  This must be the same as Database Server resource group currently. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group in which to create the database. This must be the same as Database Server resource group currently. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `location` - (Required) Specifies the supported Azure location where the resource exists. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `server_name` - (Required) The name of the SQL Server on which to create the database. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `create_mode` - (Optional) Specifies how to create the database. Valid values are: `Default`, `Copy`, `OnlineSecondary`, `NonReadableSecondary`,  `PointInTimeRestore`, `Recovery`, `Restore` or `RestoreLongTermRetentionBackup`. Must be `Default` to create a new database. Defaults to `Default`. Please see [Azure SQL Database REST API](https://docs.microsoft.com/rest/api/sql/databases/createorupdate#createmode)
+* `create_mode` - (Optional) Specifies how to create the database. Valid values are: `Default`, `Copy`, `OnlineSecondary`, `NonReadableSecondary`, `PointInTimeRestore`, `Recovery`, `Restore` or `RestoreLongTermRetentionBackup`. Must be `Default` to create a new database. Defaults to `Default`. Please see [Azure SQL Database REST API](https://docs.microsoft.com/rest/api/sql/databases/createorupdate#createmode)
 
 * `import` - (Optional) A Database Import block as documented below. `create_mode` must be set to `Default`.
 
@@ -75,9 +75,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `edition` - (Optional) The edition of the database to be created. Applies only if `create_mode` is `Default`. Valid values are: `Basic`, `Standard`, `Premium`, `DataWarehouse`, `Business`, `BusinessCritical`, `Free`, `GeneralPurpose`, `Hyperscale`, `Premium`, `PremiumRS`, `Standard`, `Stretch`, `System`, `System2`, or `Web`. Please see [Azure SQL database models](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/azure-sql/database/purchasing-models?view=azuresql).
 
-* `collation` - (Optional) The name of the collation. Applies only if `create_mode` is `Default`.  Azure default is `SQL_LATIN1_GENERAL_CP1_CI_AS`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `collation` - (Optional) The name of the collation. Applies only if `create_mode` is `Default`. Azure default is `SQL_LATIN1_GENERAL_CP1_CI_AS`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `max_size_bytes` - (Optional) The maximum size that the database can grow to. Applies only if `create_mode` is `Default`.  Please see [Azure SQL database models](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/azure-sql/database/purchasing-models?view=azuresql).
+* `max_size_bytes` - (Optional) The maximum size that the database can grow to. Applies only if `create_mode` is `Default`. Please see [Azure SQL database models](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/azure-sql/database/purchasing-models?view=azuresql).
 
 * `requested_service_objective_id` - (Optional) A GUID/UUID corresponding to a configured Service Level Objective for the Azure SQL database which can be used to configure a performance level.
 .
diff --git a/website/docs/r/sql_failover_group.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/sql_failover_group.html.markdown
index 812edea2d9fc..c44139025f25 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/sql_failover_group.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/sql_failover_group.html.markdown
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ The following attributes are exported:
 
 * `id` - The failover group ID.
 * `location` - the location of the failover group.
-* `server_name` - (Required) the name of the primary SQL Database Server.
+* `server_name` - (Required) the name of the primary SQL Database Server. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 * `role` - local replication role of the failover group instance.
 * `databases` - (Optional) list of databases in the failover group.
 * `partner_servers` - (Required) list of partner server information for the failover group.
diff --git a/website/docs/r/storage_account.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/storage_account.html.markdown
index 214c275be103..856f445608ed 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/storage_account.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/storage_account.html.markdown
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `location` - (Required) Specifies the supported Azure location where the resource exists. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `account_kind` - (Optional) Defines the Kind of account. Valid options are `BlobStorage`, `BlockBlobStorage`, `FileStorage`, `Storage` and `StorageV2`.  Defaults to `StorageV2`.
+* `account_kind` - (Optional) Defines the Kind of account. Valid options are `BlobStorage`, `BlockBlobStorage`, `FileStorage`, `Storage` and `StorageV2`. Defaults to `StorageV2`.
 
 -> **NOTE:** Changing the `account_kind` value from `Storage` to `StorageV2` will not trigger a force new on the storage account, it will only upgrade the existing storage account from `Storage` to `StorageV2` keeping the existing storage account in place.
 
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 -> **NOTE:** Blobs with a tier of `Premium` are of account kind `StorageV2`.
 
-* `account_replication_type` - (Required) Defines the type of replication to use for this storage account. Valid options are `LRS`, `GRS`, `RAGRS`, `ZRS`, `GZRS` and `RAGZRS`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created when types `LRS`, `GRS` and `RAGRS` are changed to `ZRS`, `GZRS` or `RAGZRS` and vice versa.
+* `account_replication_type` - (Required) Defines the type of replication to use for this storage account. Valid options are `LRS`, `GRS`, `RAGRS`, `ZRS`, `GZRS` and `RAGZRS`.
 
 * `cross_tenant_replication_enabled` - (Optional) Should cross Tenant replication be enabled? Defaults to `true`.
 
@@ -100,8 +100,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `edge_zone` - (Optional) Specifies the Edge Zone within the Azure Region where this Storage Account should exist. Changing this forces a new Storage Account to be created.
 
-* `enable_https_traffic_only` - (Optional) Boolean flag which forces HTTPS if enabled, see [here](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/storage/storage-require-secure-transfer/)
-    for more information. Defaults to `true`.
+* `enable_https_traffic_only` - (Optional) Boolean flag which forces HTTPS if enabled, see [here](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/storage/storage-require-secure-transfer/) for more information. Defaults to `true`.
 
 * `min_tls_version` - (Optional) The minimum supported TLS version for the storage account. Possible values are `TLS1_0`, `TLS1_1`, and `TLS1_2`. Defaults to `TLS1_2` for new storage accounts.
 
@@ -162,7 +161,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 -> **NOTE:** This can only be `true` when `account_kind` is `StorageV2` or when `account_tier` is `Premium` *and* `account_kind` is `BlockBlobStorage`.
 
-* `immutability_policy` - (Optional) An `immutability_policy` block as defined below.
+* `immutability_policy` - (Optional) An `immutability_policy` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `sas_policy` - (Optional) A `sas_policy` block as defined below.
 
@@ -251,13 +250,13 @@ A `container_delete_retention_policy` block supports the following:
 
 A `hour_metrics` block supports the following:
 
-* `enabled` - (Required) Indicates whether hour metrics are enabled for the Queue service. Changing this forces a new resource.
+* `enabled` - (Required) Indicates whether hour metrics are enabled for the Queue service.
 
-* `version` - (Required) The version of storage analytics to configure. Changing this forces a new resource.
+* `version` - (Required) The version of storage analytics to configure.
 
 * `include_apis` - (Optional) Indicates whether metrics should generate summary statistics for called API operations.
 
-* `retention_policy_days` - (Optional) Specifies the number of days that logs will be retained. Changing this forces a new resource.
+* `retention_policy_days` - (Optional) Specifies the number of days that logs will be retained.
 
 ---
 
@@ -287,34 +286,34 @@ An `immutability_policy` block supports the following:
 
 A `logging` block supports the following:
 
-* `delete` - (Required) Indicates whether all delete requests should be logged. Changing this forces a new resource.
+* `delete` - (Required) Indicates whether all delete requests should be logged.
 
-* `read` - (Required) Indicates whether all read requests should be logged. Changing this forces a new resource.
+* `read` - (Required) Indicates whether all read requests should be logged.
 
-* `version` - (Required) The version of storage analytics to configure. Changing this forces a new resource.
+* `version` - (Required) The version of storage analytics to configure.
 
-* `write` - (Required) Indicates whether all write requests should be logged. Changing this forces a new resource.
+* `write` - (Required) Indicates whether all write requests should be logged.
 
-* `retention_policy_days` - (Optional) Specifies the number of days that logs will be retained. Changing this forces a new resource.
+* `retention_policy_days` - (Optional) Specifies the number of days that logs will be retained.
 
 ---
 
 A `minute_metrics` block supports the following:
 
-* `enabled` - (Required) Indicates whether minute metrics are enabled for the Queue service. Changing this forces a new resource.
+* `enabled` - (Required) Indicates whether minute metrics are enabled for the Queue service.
 
-* `version` - (Required) The version of storage analytics to configure. Changing this forces a new resource.
+* `version` - (Required) The version of storage analytics to configure.
 
 * `include_apis` - (Optional) Indicates whether metrics should generate summary statistics for called API operations.
 
-* `retention_policy_days` - (Optional) Specifies the number of days that logs will be retained. Changing this forces a new resource.
+* `retention_policy_days` - (Optional) Specifies the number of days that logs will be retained.
 
 ---
 
 A `network_rules` block supports the following:
 
 * `default_action` - (Required) Specifies the default action of allow or deny when no other rules match. Valid options are `Deny` or `Allow`.
-* `bypass` - (Optional)  Specifies whether traffic is bypassed for Logging/Metrics/AzureServices. Valid options are any combination of `Logging`, `Metrics`, `AzureServices`, or `None`.
+* `bypass` - (Optional) Specifies whether traffic is bypassed for Logging/Metrics/AzureServices. Valid options are any combination of `Logging`, `Metrics`, `AzureServices`, or `None`.
 * `ip_rules` - (Optional) List of public IP or IP ranges in CIDR Format. Only IPv4 addresses are allowed. Private IP address ranges (as defined in [RFC 1918](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1918#section-3)) are not allowed.
 * `virtual_network_subnet_ids` - (Optional) A list of resource ids for subnets.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/storage_account_network_rules.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/storage_account_network_rules.html.markdown
index 19d23224b485..38f2a01ecef3 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/storage_account_network_rules.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/storage_account_network_rules.html.markdown
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `default_action` - (Required) Specifies the default action of allow or deny when no other rules match. Valid options are `Deny` or `Allow`.
 
-* `bypass` - (Optional)  Specifies whether traffic is bypassed for Logging/Metrics/AzureServices. Valid options are any combination of `Logging`, `Metrics`, `AzureServices`, or `None`.
+* `bypass` - (Optional) Specifies whether traffic is bypassed for Logging/Metrics/AzureServices. Valid options are any combination of `Logging`, `Metrics`, `AzureServices`, or `None`.
 
 -> **NOTE** User has to explicitly set `bypass` to empty slice (`[]`) to remove it.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/storage_blob_inventory_policy.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/storage_blob_inventory_policy.html.markdown
index 20165efc2e2a..cd778f433f20 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/storage_blob_inventory_policy.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/storage_blob_inventory_policy.html.markdown
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 A `filter` block supports the following:
 
-* `blob_types` - (Required)  A set of blob types. Possible values are `blockBlob`, `appendBlob`, and `pageBlob`. The storage account with `is_hns_enabled` is `true` doesn't support `pageBlob`.
+* `blob_types` - (Required) A set of blob types. Possible values are `blockBlob`, `appendBlob`, and `pageBlob`. The storage account with `is_hns_enabled` is `true` doesn't support `pageBlob`.
 
 ~> **NOTE**: The `rules.*.schema_fields` for this rule has to include `BlobType` so that you can specify the `blob_types`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/storage_management_policy.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/storage_management_policy.html.markdown
index b739f7ad1e6f..d10f9e3f6217 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/storage_management_policy.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/storage_management_policy.html.markdown
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 The `rule` block supports the following:
 
 * `name` - (Required) The name of the rule. Rule name is case-sensitive. It must be unique within a policy.
-* `enabled` - (Required)  Boolean to specify whether the rule is enabled.
+* `enabled` - (Required) Boolean to specify whether the rule is enabled.
 * `filters` - (Optional) A `filters` block as documented below.
 * `actions` - (Required) An `actions` block as documented below.
 
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ The `version` block supports the following:
 
 * `change_tier_to_archive_after_days_since_creation` - (Optional) The age in days after creation to tier blob version to archive storage. Must be between 0 and 99999. Defaults to `-1`.
 * `tier_to_archive_after_days_since_last_tier_change_greater_than` - (Optional) The age in days after last tier change to the blobs to skip to be archved. Must be between 0 and 99999. Defaults to `-1`.
-* `change_tier_to_cool_after_days_since_creation` - (Optional) The age in days creation create to  tier blob version to cool storage. Must be between 0 and 99999. Defaults to `-1`.
+* `change_tier_to_cool_after_days_since_creation` - (Optional) The age in days creation create to tier blob version to cool storage. Must be between 0 and 99999. Defaults to `-1`.
 * `delete_after_days_since_creation` - (Optional) The age in days after creation to delete the blob version. Must be between 0 and 99999. Defaults to `-1`.
 
 ---
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ The `match_blob_index_tag` block supports the following:
 
 * `name` - (Required) The filter tag name used for tag based filtering for blob objects.
 * `operation` - (Optional) The comparison operator which is used for object comparison and filtering. Possible value is `==`. Defaults to `==`.
-* `value` - (Required)  The filter tag value used for tag based filtering for blob objects.
+* `value` - (Required) The filter tag value used for tag based filtering for blob objects.
 
 ## Attributes Reference
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/stream_analytics_job.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/stream_analytics_job.html.markdown
index d24120932771..5b8b9629d30e 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/stream_analytics_job.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/stream_analytics_job.html.markdown
@@ -61,11 +61,11 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `data_locale` - (Optional) Specifies the Data Locale of the Job, which [should be a supported .NET Culture](https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.globalization.culturetypes(v=vs.110).aspx).
 
-* `events_late_arrival_max_delay_in_seconds` - (Optional) Specifies the maximum tolerable delay in seconds where events arriving late could be included. Supported range is `-1` (indefinite) to `1814399` (20d 23h 59m 59s).  Default is `0`.
+* `events_late_arrival_max_delay_in_seconds` - (Optional) Specifies the maximum tolerable delay in seconds where events arriving late could be included. Supported range is `-1` (indefinite) to `1814399` (20d 23h 59m 59s). Default is `0`.
 
 * `events_out_of_order_max_delay_in_seconds` - (Optional) Specifies the maximum tolerable delay in seconds where out-of-order events can be adjusted to be back in order. Supported range is `0` to `599` (9m 59s). Default is `5`.
 
-* `events_out_of_order_policy` - (Optional) Specifies the policy which should be applied to events which arrive out of order in the input event stream. Possible values are `Adjust` and `Drop`.  Default is `Adjust`.
+* `events_out_of_order_policy` - (Optional) Specifies the policy which should be applied to events which arrive out of order in the input event stream. Possible values are `Adjust` and `Drop`. Default is `Adjust`.
 
 * `type` - (Optional) The type of the Stream Analytics Job. Possible values are `Cloud` and `Edge`. Defaults to `Cloud`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `identity` - (Optional) An `identity` block as defined below.
 
-* `output_error_policy` - (Optional) Specifies the policy which should be applied to events which arrive at the output and cannot be written to the external storage due to being malformed (such as missing column values, column values of wrong type or size). Possible values are `Drop` and `Stop`.  Default is `Drop`.
+* `output_error_policy` - (Optional) Specifies the policy which should be applied to events which arrive at the output and cannot be written to the external storage due to being malformed (such as missing column values, column values of wrong type or size). Possible values are `Drop` and `Stop`. Default is `Drop`.
 
 * `streaming_units` - (Optional) Specifies the number of streaming units that the streaming job uses. Supported values are `1`, `3`, `6` and multiples of `6` up to `120`.
 
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 ---
 
-A `job_storage_account` supports the following:
+A `job_storage_account` block supports the following:
 
 * `authentication_mode` - (Optional) The authentication mode of the storage account. The only supported value is `ConnectionString`. Defaults to `ConnectionString`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/subnet.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/subnet.html.markdown
index 91012574a61b..532b41574341 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/subnet.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/subnet.html.markdown
@@ -102,9 +102,9 @@ A `service_delegation` block supports the following:
 The following attributes are exported:
 
 * `id` - The subnet ID.
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the subnet.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the subnet. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 * `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group in which the subnet is created in.
-* `virtual_network_name` - (Required) The name of the virtual network in which the subnet is created in
+* `virtual_network_name` - (Required) The name of the virtual network in which the subnet is created in. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 * `address_prefixes` - (Required) The address prefixes for the subnet
 
 ## Timeouts
diff --git a/website/docs/r/subscription.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/subscription.html.markdown
index 20b58b862dc2..f72e538e9036 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/subscription.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/subscription.html.markdown
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 ~> **NOTE:** Either `billing_scope_id` or `subscription_id` has to be specified.
 
-* `workload` - (Optional) The workload type of the Subscription.  Possible values are `Production` (default) and `DevTest`. Changing this forces a new Subscription to be created.
+* `workload` - (Optional) The workload type of the Subscription. Possible values are `Production` (default) and `DevTest`. Changing this forces a new Subscription to be created.
 
 * `tags` - (Optional) A mapping of tags to assign to the Subscription.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/synapse_linked_service.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/synapse_linked_service.html.markdown
index 32a71c46166c..7af213adbda8 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/synapse_linked_service.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/synapse_linked_service.html.markdown
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `synapse_workspace_id` - (Required) The Synapse Workspace ID in which to associate the Linked Service with. Changing this forces a new Synapse Linked Service to be created.
 
-* `type` - (Required) The type of data stores that will be connected to Synapse. Valid Values include `AmazonMWS`, `AmazonRdsForOracle`, `AmazonRdsForSqlServer`, `AmazonRedshift`, `AmazonS3`, `AzureBatch`,
+* `type` - (Required) The type of data stores that will be connected to Synapse. Valid Values include `AmazonMWS`, `AmazonRdsForOracle`, `AmazonRdsForSqlServer`, `AmazonRedshift`, `AmazonS3`, `AzureBatch`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 `AzureBlobFS`, `AzureBlobStorage`, `AzureDataExplorer`, `AzureDataLakeAnalytics`, `AzureDataLakeStore`, `AzureDatabricks`, `AzureDatabricksDeltaLake`, `AzureFileStorage`, `AzureFunction`,
 `AzureKeyVault`, `AzureML`, `AzureMLService`, `AzureMariaDB`, `AzureMySql`, `AzurePostgreSql`, `AzureSqlDW`, `AzureSqlDatabase`, `AzureSqlMI`, `AzureSearch`, `AzureStorage`,
 `AzureTableStorage`, `Cassandra`, `CommonDataServiceForApps`, `Concur`, `CosmosDb`, `CosmosDbMongoDbApi`, `Couchbase`, `CustomDataSource`, `Db2`, `Drill`, 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/synapse_spark_pool.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/synapse_spark_pool.html.markdown
index dbafbc5eeb95..6bc9c7acb24f 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/synapse_spark_pool.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/synapse_spark_pool.html.markdown
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `node_count` - (Optional) The number of nodes in the Spark Pool. Exactly one of `node_count` or `auto_scale` must be specified.
 
-* `auto_scale` - (Optional)  An `auto_scale` block as defined below. Exactly one of `node_count` or `auto_scale` must be specified.
+* `auto_scale` - (Optional) An `auto_scale` block as defined below. Exactly one of `node_count` or `auto_scale` must be specified.
 
-* `auto_pause` - (Optional)  An `auto_pause` block as defined below.
+* `auto_pause` - (Optional) An `auto_pause` block as defined below.
 
 * `cache_size` - (Optional) The cache size in the Spark Pool.
 
@@ -113,11 +113,11 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `max_executors` - (Optional) The maximum number of executors allocated only when `dynamic_executor_allocation_enabled` set to `true`.
   
-* `library_requirement` - (Optional)  A `library_requirement` block as defined below.
+* `library_requirement` - (Optional) A `library_requirement` block as defined below.
 
 * `session_level_packages_enabled` - (Optional) Indicates whether session level packages are enabled or not. Defaults to `false`.
 
-* `spark_config` - (Optional)  A `spark_config` block as defined below.
+* `spark_config` - (Optional) A `spark_config` block as defined below.
 
 * `spark_log_folder` - (Optional) The default folder where Spark logs will be written. Defaults to `/logs`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/synapse_sql_pool.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/synapse_sql_pool.html.markdown
index 9b341821e3ec..710f9f8d6637 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/synapse_sql_pool.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/synapse_sql_pool.html.markdown
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `recovery_database_id` - (Optional) The ID of the Synapse SQL Pool or SQL Database which is to back up, only applicable when `create_mode` is set to `Recovery`. Changing this forces a new Synapse SQL Pool to be created.
 
-* `restore` - (Optional)  A `restore` block as defined below. only applicable when `create_mode` is set to `PointInTimeRestore`.
+* `restore` - (Optional) A `restore` block as defined below. only applicable when `create_mode` is set to `PointInTimeRestore`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `tags` - (Optional) A mapping of tags which should be assigned to the Synapse SQL Pool.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/synapse_workspace.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/synapse_workspace.html.markdown
index 7a677ec1ca14..6e1246440589 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/synapse_workspace.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/synapse_workspace.html.markdown
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `managed_resource_group_name` - (Optional) Workspace managed resource group. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `managed_virtual_network_enabled` - (Optional) Is Virtual Network enabled for all computes in this workspace?  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `managed_virtual_network_enabled` - (Optional) Is Virtual Network enabled for all computes in this workspace? Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `public_network_access_enabled` - (Optional) Whether public network access is allowed for the Cognitive Account. Defaults to `true`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/template_deployment.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/template_deployment.html.markdown
index 421a5dd37a87..200452c254ae 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/template_deployment.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/template_deployment.html.markdown
@@ -104,8 +104,7 @@ output "storageAccountName" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the template deployment. Changing this forces a
-    new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the template deployment. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 * `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group in which to create the template deployment. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 * `deployment_mode` - (Required) Specifies the mode that is used to deploy resources. This value could be either `Incremental` or `Complete`.
     Note that you will almost *always* want this to be set to `Incremental` otherwise the deployment will destroy all infrastructure not
diff --git a/website/docs/r/traffic_manager_azure_endpoint.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/traffic_manager_azure_endpoint.html.markdown
index abfefe1f328e..f2eeff147b8e 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/traffic_manager_azure_endpoint.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/traffic_manager_azure_endpoint.html.markdown
@@ -79,12 +79,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `geo_mappings` - (Optional) A list of Geographic Regions used to distribute traffic, such as `WORLD`, `UK` or `DE`. The same location can't be specified in two endpoints. [See the Geographic Hierarchies documentation for more information](https://docs.microsoft.com/rest/api/trafficmanager/geographichierarchies/getdefault).
 
-* `priority` - (Optional) Specifies the priority of this Endpoint, this must be
-  specified for Profiles using the `Priority` traffic routing method. Supports
-  values between 1 and 1000, with no Endpoints sharing the same value. If
-  omitted the value will be computed in order of creation.
+* `priority` - (Optional) Specifies the priority of this Endpoint, this must be specified for Profiles using the `Priority` traffic routing method. Supports values between 1 and 1000, with no Endpoints sharing the same value. If omitted the value will be computed in order of creation.
 
-* `subnet` - (Optional) One or more `subnet` blocks as defined below
+* `subnet` - (Optional) One or more `subnet` blocks as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/traffic_manager_external_endpoint.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/traffic_manager_external_endpoint.html.markdown
index b733be83e247..e1b759b294b4 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/traffic_manager_external_endpoint.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/traffic_manager_external_endpoint.html.markdown
@@ -62,8 +62,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `weight` - (Optional) Specifies how much traffic should be distributed to this endpoint, this must be specified for Profiles using the Weighted traffic routing method. Valid values are between `1` and `1000`.
 
-* `endpoint_location` - (Optional) Specifies the Azure location of the Endpoint,
-    this must be specified for Profiles using the `Performance` routing method.
+* `endpoint_location` - (Optional) Specifies the Azure location of the Endpoint, this must be specified for Profiles using the `Performance` routing method.
 
 ---
 
@@ -73,12 +72,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `geo_mappings` - (Optional) A list of Geographic Regions used to distribute traffic, such as `WORLD`, `UK` or `DE`. The same location can't be specified in two endpoints. [See the Geographic Hierarchies documentation for more information](https://docs.microsoft.com/rest/api/trafficmanager/geographichierarchies/getdefault).
 
-* `priority` - (Optional) Specifies the priority of this Endpoint, this must be
-  specified for Profiles using the `Priority` traffic routing method. Supports
-  values between 1 and 1000, with no Endpoints sharing the same value. If
-  omitted the value will be computed in order of creation.
+* `priority` - (Optional) Specifies the priority of this Endpoint, this must be specified for Profiles using the `Priority` traffic routing method. Supports values between 1 and 1000, with no Endpoints sharing the same value. If omitted the value will be computed in order of creation.
 
-* `subnet` - (Optional) One or more `subnet` blocks as defined below
+* `subnet` - (Optional) One or more `subnet` blocks as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/traffic_manager_nested_endpoint.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/traffic_manager_nested_endpoint.html.markdown
index 473015c597b0..f0c180360e26 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/traffic_manager_nested_endpoint.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/traffic_manager_nested_endpoint.html.markdown
@@ -82,10 +82,7 @@ resource "azurerm_traffic_manager_nested_endpoint" "example" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `minimum_child_endpoints` - (Required) This argument specifies the minimum number
-  of endpoints that must be ‘online’ in the child profile in order for the
-  parent profile to direct traffic to any of the endpoints in that child
-  profile. This value must be larger than `0`.
+* `minimum_child_endpoints` - (Required) This argument specifies the minimum number of endpoints that must be ‘online’ in the child profile in order for the parent profile to direct traffic to any of the endpoints in that child profile. This value must be larger than `0`.
 
 ~>**NOTE:** If `min_child_endpoints` is less than either `minimum_required_child_endpoints_ipv4` or `minimum_required_child_endpoints_ipv6`, then it won't have any effect.
 
@@ -93,8 +90,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `profile_id` - (Required) The ID of the Traffic Manager Profile that this External Endpoint should be created within. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `target_resource_id` - (Required) The resource id of an Azure resource to
-  target.
+* `target_resource_id` - (Required) The resource id of an Azure resource to target.
 
 * `weight` - (Optional) Specifies how much traffic should be distributed to this endpoint, this must be specified for Profiles using the Weighted traffic routing method. Valid values are between `1` and `1000`.
 
@@ -104,21 +100,17 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `enabled` - (Optional) Is the endpoint enabled? Defaults to `true`.
 
-* `endpoint_location` - (Optional) Specifies the Azure location of the Endpoint,
-  this must be specified for Profiles using the `Performance` routing method.
+* `endpoint_location` - (Optional) Specifies the Azure location of the Endpoint, this must be specified for Profiles using the `Performance` routing method.
 
 * `minimum_required_child_endpoints_ipv4` - (Optional) This argument specifies the minimum number of IPv4 (DNS record type A) endpoints that must be ‘online’ in the child profile in order for the parent profile to direct traffic to any of the endpoints in that child profile. This argument only applies to Endpoints of type `nestedEndpoints` and 
 
 * `minimum_required_child_endpoints_ipv6` - (Optional) This argument specifies the minimum number of IPv6 (DNS record type AAAA) endpoints that must be ‘online’ in the child profile in order for the parent profile to direct traffic to any of the endpoints in that child profile. This argument only applies to Endpoints of type `nestedEndpoints` and 
 
-* `priority` - (Optional) Specifies the priority of this Endpoint, this must be
-    specified for Profiles using the `Priority` traffic routing method. Supports
-    values between 1 and 1000, with no Endpoints sharing the same value. If
-    omitted the value will be computed in order of creation.
+* `priority` - (Optional) Specifies the priority of this Endpoint, this must be specified for Profiles using the `Priority` traffic routing method. Supports values between 1 and 1000, with no Endpoints sharing the same value. If omitted the value will be computed in order of creation.
 
 * `geo_mappings` - (Optional) A list of Geographic Regions used to distribute traffic, such as `WORLD`, `UK` or `DE`. The same location can't be specified in two endpoints. [See the Geographic Hierarchies documentation for more information](https://docs.microsoft.com/rest/api/trafficmanager/geographichierarchies/getdefault).
 
-* `subnet` - (Optional) One or more `subnet` blocks as defined below
+* `subnet` - (Optional) One or more `subnet` blocks as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/traffic_manager_profile.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/traffic_manager_profile.html.markdown
index 77a1c0cd0126..2a6c7af30655 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/traffic_manager_profile.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/traffic_manager_profile.html.markdown
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ The `monitor_config` block supports:
 
 A `custom_header` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the custom header. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the custom header.
 
 * `value` - (Required) The value of custom header. Applicable for HTTP and HTTPS protocol.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/virtual_desktop_host_pool.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/virtual_desktop_host_pool.html.markdown
index f234347dfd20..a17ccc7bb1b0 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/virtual_desktop_host_pool.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/virtual_desktop_host_pool.html.markdown
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `type` - (Required) The type of the Virtual Desktop Host Pool. Valid options are `Personal` or `Pooled`. Changing the type forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `load_balancer_type` -  (Required) `BreadthFirst` load balancing distributes new user sessions across all available session hosts in the host pool. Possible values are `BreadthFirst`, `DepthFirst` and `Persistent`.
+* `load_balancer_type` - (Required) `BreadthFirst` load balancing distributes new user sessions across all available session hosts in the host pool. Possible values are `BreadthFirst`, `DepthFirst` and `Persistent`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
     `DepthFirst` load balancing distributes new user sessions to an available session host with the highest number of connections but has not reached its maximum session limit threshold.
     `Persistent` should be used if the host pool type is `Personal`
 
@@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `description` - (Optional) A description for the Virtual Desktop Host Pool.
 
-* `validate_environment` -  (Optional) Allows you to test service changes before they are deployed to production. Defaults to `false`.
+* `validate_environment` - (Optional) Allows you to test service changes before they are deployed to production. Defaults to `false`.
 
-* `start_vm_on_connect` -  (Optional) Enables or disables the Start VM on Connection Feature. Defaults to `false`.
+* `start_vm_on_connect` - (Optional) Enables or disables the Start VM on Connection Feature. Defaults to `false`.
 
 * `custom_rdp_properties` - (Optional) A valid custom RDP properties string for the Virtual Desktop Host Pool, available properties can be [found in this article](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-server/remote/remote-desktop-services/clients/rdp-files).
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/virtual_desktop_scaling_plan.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/virtual_desktop_scaling_plan.html.markdown
index 500f69baf837..fabd282cc2bd 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/virtual_desktop_scaling_plan.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/virtual_desktop_scaling_plan.html.markdown
@@ -109,11 +109,11 @@ resource "azurerm_virtual_desktop_scaling_plan" "example" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `location` - (Required) The Azure Region where the Virtual Desktop Scaling Plan  should exist. Changing this forces a new Virtual Desktop Scaling Plan to be created.
+* `location` - (Required) The Azure Region where the Virtual Desktop Scaling Plan should exist. Changing this forces a new Virtual Desktop Scaling Plan to be created.
 
 * `name` - (Required) The name which should be used for this Virtual Desktop Scaling Plan . Changing this forces a new Virtual Desktop Scaling Plan to be created.
 
-* `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the Resource Group where the Virtual Desktop Scaling Plan should exist. Changing this forces a new Virtual Desktop Scaling Plan  to be created.
+* `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the Resource Group where the Virtual Desktop Scaling Plan should exist. Changing this forces a new Virtual Desktop Scaling Plan to be created.
 
 * `schedule` - (Required) One or more `schedule` blocks as defined below.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/virtual_hub_connection.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/virtual_hub_connection.html.markdown
index 3ed0b80f6d08..5af0b0306226 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/virtual_hub_connection.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/virtual_hub_connection.html.markdown
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `internet_security_enabled` - (Optional) Should Internet Security be enabled to secure internet traffic? Defaults to `false`.
 
-* `routing` - (Optional)  A `routing` block as defined below.
+* `routing` - (Optional) A `routing` block as defined below.
 
 ---
 
@@ -68,9 +68,9 @@ A `routing` block supports the following:
 
 * `associated_route_table_id` - (Optional) The ID of the route table associated with this Virtual Hub connection.
 
-* `propagated_route_table` - (Optional)  A `propagated_route_table` block as defined below.
+* `propagated_route_table` - (Optional) A `propagated_route_table` block as defined below.
 
-* `static_vnet_route` - (Optional)  A `static_vnet_route` block as defined below.
+* `static_vnet_route` - (Optional) A `static_vnet_route` block as defined below.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/virtual_hub_route_table.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/virtual_hub_route_table.html.markdown
index 1ed1df82ef42..447d92fd46a2 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/virtual_hub_route_table.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/virtual_hub_route_table.html.markdown
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `labels` - (Optional) List of labels associated with this route table.
 
-* `route` - (Optional)  A `route` block as defined below.
+* `route` - (Optional) A `route` block as defined below.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/virtual_machine.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/virtual_machine.html.markdown
index 0a426bc1b1e3..e51f1e9e0733 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/virtual_machine.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/virtual_machine.html.markdown
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 ~> **Please Note:** Data Disks can also be attached either using this block or [the `azurerm_virtual_machine_data_disk_attachment` resource](virtual_machine_data_disk_attachment.html) - but not both.
 
-* `storage_image_reference` - (Optional) A `storage_image_reference` block as defined below.
+* `storage_image_reference` - (Optional) A `storage_image_reference` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `storage_os_disk` - (Required) A `storage_os_disk` block as defined below.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/virtual_machine_extension.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/virtual_machine_extension.html.markdown
index b29b30b8222d..748739f817ca 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/virtual_machine_extension.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/virtual_machine_extension.html.markdown
@@ -134,8 +134,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `publisher` - (Required) The publisher of the extension, available publishers can be found by using the Azure CLI. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `type` - (Required) The type of extension, available types for a publisher can
-    be found using the Azure CLI.
+* `type` - (Required) The type of extension, available types for a publisher can be found using the Azure CLI.
 
 ~> **Note:** The `Publisher` and `Type` of Virtual Machine Extensions can be found using the Azure CLI, via:
 
@@ -143,15 +142,12 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 az vm extension image list --location westus -o table
 ```
 
-* `type_handler_version` - (Required) Specifies the version of the extension to
-    use, available versions can be found using the Azure CLI.
+* `type_handler_version` - (Required) Specifies the version of the extension to use, available versions can be found using the Azure CLI.
 
-* `auto_upgrade_minor_version` - (Optional) Specifies if the platform deploys
-    the latest minor version update to the `type_handler_version` specified.
+* `auto_upgrade_minor_version` - (Optional) Specifies if the platform deploys the latest minor version update to the `type_handler_version` specified.
 
 * `automatic_upgrade_enabled` - (Optional) Should the Extension be automatically updated whenever the Publisher releases a new version of this VM Extension? 
-* `settings` - (Optional) The settings passed to the extension, these are
-    specified as a JSON object in a string.
+* `settings` - (Optional) The settings passed to the extension, these are specified as a JSON object in a string.
 
 ~> **Please Note:** Certain VM Extensions require that the keys in the `settings` block are case sensitive. If you're seeing unhelpful errors, please ensure the keys are consistent with how Azure is expecting them (for instance, for the `JsonADDomainExtension` extension, the keys are expected to be in `TitleCase`.)
 
@@ -159,8 +155,7 @@ az vm extension image list --location westus -o table
 
 -> **NOTE:** Operational failures such as not connecting to the VM will not be suppressed regardless of the `failure_suppression_enabled` value.
 
-* `protected_settings` - (Optional) The protected_settings passed to the
-    extension, like settings, these are specified as a JSON object in a string.
+* `protected_settings` - (Optional) The protected_settings passed to the extension, like settings, these are specified as a JSON object in a string.
 
 ~> **Please Note:** Certain VM Extensions require that the keys in the `protected_settings` block are case sensitive. If you're seeing unhelpful errors, please ensure the keys are consistent with how Azure is expecting them (for instance, for the `JsonADDomainExtension` extension, the keys are expected to be in `TitleCase`.)
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/virtual_machine_scale_set.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/virtual_machine_scale_set.html.markdown
index 9cf2945b9c2f..634629de6f27 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/virtual_machine_scale_set.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/virtual_machine_scale_set.html.markdown
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 The `sku` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the size of virtual machines in a scale set. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the size of virtual machines in a scale set.
 * `tier` - (Optional) Specifies the tier of virtual machines in a scale set. Possible values, `standard` or `basic`.
 * `capacity` - (Required) Specifies the number of virtual machines in the scale set.
 
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ The `os_profile_linux_config` block supports the following:
 
 The `network_profile` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the network interface configuration. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the network interface configuration.
 * `primary` - (Required) Indicates whether network interfaces created from the network interface configuration will be the primary NIC of the VM.
 * `ip_configuration` - (Required) An ip_configuration block as documented below.
 * `accelerated_networking` - (Optional) Specifies whether to enable accelerated networking or not.
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ The `dns_settings` block supports the following:
 
 The `ip_configuration` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies name of the IP configuration. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies name of the IP configuration.
 * `subnet_id` - (Required) Specifies the identifier of the subnet.
 * `application_gateway_backend_address_pool_ids` - (Optional) Specifies an array of references to backend address pools of application gateways. A scale set can reference backend address pools of multiple application gateways. Multiple scale sets can use the same application gateway.
 * `load_balancer_backend_address_pool_ids` - (Optional) Specifies an array of references to backend address pools of load balancers. A scale set can reference backend address pools of one public and one internal load balancer. Multiple scale sets cannot use the same load balancer.
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ The `ip_configuration` block supports the following:
 
 The `public_ip_address_configuration` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the public IP address configuration Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the public IP address configuration
 * `idle_timeout` - (Required) The idle timeout in minutes. This value must be between 4 and 30.
 * `domain_name_label` - (Required) The domain name label for the DNS settings.
 
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ The `public_ip_address_configuration` block supports the following:
 
 The `storage_profile_os_disk` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Optional) Specifies the disk name. Must be specified when using unmanaged disk ('managed_disk_type' property not set). Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Optional) Specifies the disk name. Must be specified when using unmanaged disk ('managed_disk_type' property not set).
 * `vhd_containers` - (Optional) Specifies the VHD URI. Cannot be used when `image` or `managed_disk_type` is specified.
 * `managed_disk_type` - (Optional) Specifies the type of managed disk to create. Value you must be either `Standard_LRS`, `StandardSSD_LRS` or `Premium_LRS`. Cannot be used when `vhd_containers` or `image` is specified.
 * `create_option` - (Required) Specifies how the virtual machine should be created. The only possible option is `FromImage`.
@@ -507,8 +507,7 @@ The `storage_profile_data_disk` block supports the following:
 
 The `storage_profile_image_reference` block supports the following:
 
-* `id` - (Optional) Specifies the ID of the (custom) image to use to create the virtual
-machine scale set, as in the [example below](#example-of-storage_profile_image_reference-with-id).
+* `id` - (Optional) Specifies the ID of the (custom) image to use to create the virtual machine scale set, as in the [example below](#example-of-storage_profile_image_reference-with-id).
 * `publisher` - (Optional) Specifies the publisher of the image used to create the virtual machines.
 * `offer` - (Optional) Specifies the offer of the image used to create the virtual machines.
 * `sku` - (Optional) Specifies the SKU of the image used to create the virtual machines.
@@ -526,7 +525,7 @@ The `boot_diagnostics` block supports the following:
 
 The `extension` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the extension. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the extension.
 * `publisher` - (Required) The publisher of the extension, available publishers can be found by using the Azure CLI.
 * `type` - (Required) The type of extension, available types for a publisher can be found using the Azure CLI.
 * `type_handler_version` - (Required) Specifies the version of the extension to use, available versions can be found using the Azure CLI.
@@ -539,7 +538,7 @@ The `extension` block supports the following:
 
 The `plan` block supports the following:
 
-* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the image from the marketplace. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) Specifies the name of the image from the marketplace.
 * `publisher` - (Required) Specifies the publisher of the image.
 * `product` - (Required) Specifies the product of the image from the marketplace.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/virtual_network.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/virtual_network.html.markdown
index cb3ecd3f031e..c7cd41d132e1 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/virtual_network.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/virtual_network.html.markdown
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ A `ddos_protection_plan` block supports the following:
 
 The `subnet` block supports:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the subnet. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the subnet.
 
 * `address_prefix` - (Required) The address prefix to use for the subnet.
 
@@ -113,11 +113,11 @@ The following attributes are exported:
 
 * `id` - The virtual NetworkConfiguration ID.
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the virtual network.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the virtual network. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group in which to create the virtual network.
 
-* `location` - (Required) The location/region where the virtual network is created.
+* `location` - (Required) The location/region where the virtual network is created. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `address_space` - (Required) The list of address spaces used by the virtual network.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/virtual_network_gateway.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/virtual_network_gateway.html.markdown
index 0ffdc60030f6..9b75c453c128 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/virtual_network_gateway.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/virtual_network_gateway.html.markdown
@@ -115,13 +115,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group in which to create the Virtual Network Gateway. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `sku` - (Required) Configuration of the size and capacity of the virtual network
-  gateway. Valid options are `Basic`, `Standard`, `HighPerformance`, `UltraPerformance`,
-  `ErGw1AZ`, `ErGw2AZ`, `ErGw3AZ`, `VpnGw1`, `VpnGw2`, `VpnGw3`, `VpnGw4`,`VpnGw5`, `VpnGw1AZ`,
-  `VpnGw2AZ`, `VpnGw3AZ`,`VpnGw4AZ` and `VpnGw5AZ` and depend on the `type`, `vpn_type` and
-  `generation` arguments.
-  A `PolicyBased` gateway only supports the `Basic` SKU. Further, the `UltraPerformance`
-  SKU is only supported by an `ExpressRoute` gateway.
+* `sku` - (Required) Configuration of the size and capacity of the virtual network gateway. Valid options are `Basic`, `Standard`, `HighPerformance`, `UltraPerformance`, `ErGw1AZ`, `ErGw2AZ`, `ErGw3AZ`, `VpnGw1`, `VpnGw2`, `VpnGw3`, `VpnGw4`,`VpnGw5`, `VpnGw1AZ`, `VpnGw2AZ`, `VpnGw3AZ`,`VpnGw4AZ` and `VpnGw5AZ` and depend on the `type`, `vpn_type` and `generation` arguments. A `PolicyBased` gateway only supports the `Basic` SKU. Further, the `UltraPerformance` SKU is only supported by an `ExpressRoute` gateway.
 
 ~> **NOTE:** To build a UltraPerformance ExpressRoute Virtual Network gateway, the associated Public IP needs to be SKU "Basic" not "Standard"
 
@@ -131,21 +125,13 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 ---
 
-* `active_active` - (Optional) If `true`, an active-active Virtual Network Gateway
-  will be created. An active-active gateway requires a `HighPerformance` or an
-  `UltraPerformance` SKU. If `false`, an active-standby gateway will be created.
-  Defaults to `false`.
+* `active_active` - (Optional) If `true`, an active-active Virtual Network Gateway will be created. An active-active gateway requires a `HighPerformance` or an `UltraPerformance` SKU. If `false`, an active-standby gateway will be created. Defaults to `false`.
 
-* `default_local_network_gateway_id` -  (Optional) The ID of the local network gateway
-    through which outbound Internet traffic from the virtual network in which the
-    gateway is created will be routed (*forced tunnelling*). Refer to the
-    [Azure documentation on forced tunnelling](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/vpn-gateway/vpn-gateway-forced-tunneling-rm).
-    If not specified, forced tunnelling is disabled.
+* `default_local_network_gateway_id` - (Optional) The ID of the local network gateway through which outbound Internet traffic from the virtual network in which the gateway is created will be routed (*forced tunnelling*). Refer to the [Azure documentation on forced tunnelling](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/vpn-gateway/vpn-gateway-forced-tunneling-rm). If not specified, forced tunnelling is disabled.
 
 * `edge_zone` - (Optional) Specifies the Edge Zone within the Azure Region where this Virtual Network Gateway should exist. Changing this forces a new Virtual Network Gateway to be created.
 
-* `enable_bgp` - (Optional) If `true`, BGP (Border Gateway Protocol) will be enabled
-  for this Virtual Network Gateway. Defaults to `false`.
+* `enable_bgp` - (Optional) If `true`, BGP (Border Gateway Protocol) will be enabled for this Virtual Network Gateway. Defaults to `false`.
 
 * `bgp_settings` - (Optional) A `bgp_settings` block which is documented below. In this block the BGP specific settings can be defined.
 
@@ -167,27 +153,19 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 The `ip_configuration` block supports:
 
-* `name` - (Optional) A user-defined name of the IP configuration. Defaults to `vnetGatewayConfig`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Optional) A user-defined name of the IP configuration. Defaults to `vnetGatewayConfig`.
 
-* `private_ip_address_allocation` - (Optional) Defines how the private IP address
-    of the gateways virtual interface is assigned. Valid options are `Static` or
-    `Dynamic`. Defaults to `Dynamic`.
+* `private_ip_address_allocation` - (Optional) Defines how the private IP address of the gateways virtual interface is assigned. Valid options are `Static` or `Dynamic`. Defaults to `Dynamic`.
 
-* `subnet_id` - (Required) The ID of the gateway subnet of a virtual network in
-    which the virtual network gateway will be created. It is mandatory that
-    the associated subnet is named `GatewaySubnet`. Therefore, each virtual
-    network can contain at most a single Virtual Network Gateway.
+* `subnet_id` - (Required) The ID of the gateway subnet of a virtual network in which the virtual network gateway will be created. It is mandatory that the associated subnet is named `GatewaySubnet`. Therefore, each virtual network can contain at most a single Virtual Network Gateway.
 
-* `public_ip_address_id` - (Required) The ID of the public IP address to associate
-    with the Virtual Network Gateway.
+* `public_ip_address_id` - (Required) The ID of the public IP address to associate with the Virtual Network Gateway.
 
 ---
 
 The `vpn_client_configuration` block supports:
 
-* `address_space` - (Required) The address space out of which IP addresses for
-    vpn clients will be taken. You can provide more than one address space, e.g.
-    in CIDR notation.
+* `address_space` - (Required) The address space out of which IP addresses for vpn clients will be taken. You can provide more than one address space, e.g. in CIDR notation.
 
 * `aad_tenant` - (Optional) AzureAD Tenant URL
 
@@ -222,8 +200,7 @@ The `bgp_settings` block supports:
 
 * `peering_addresses` - (Optional) A list of `peering_addresses` as defined below. Only one `peering_addresses` block can be specified except when `active_active` of this Virtual Network Gateway is `true`.
 
-* `peer_weight` - (Optional) The weight added to routes which have been learned
-    through BGP peering. Valid values can be between `0` and `100`.
+* `peer_weight` - (Optional) The weight added to routes which have been learned through BGP peering. Valid values can be between `0` and `100`.
 
 ---
 
@@ -245,12 +222,9 @@ A `peering_addresses` block supports the following:
 
 The `root_certificate` block supports:
 
-* `name` - (Required) A user-defined name of the root certificate. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) A user-defined name of the root certificate.
 
-* `public_cert_data` - (Required) The public certificate of the root certificate
-    authority. The certificate must be provided in Base-64 encoded X.509 format
-    (PEM). In particular, this argument *must not* include the
-    `-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----` or `-----END CERTIFICATE-----` markers.
+* `public_cert_data` - (Required) The public certificate of the root certificate authority. The certificate must be provided in Base-64 encoded X.509 format (PEM). In particular, this argument *must not* include the `-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----` or `-----END CERTIFICATE-----` markers.
 
 ---
 
@@ -266,8 +240,7 @@ The `root_revoked_certificate` block supports:
 
 * `name` - (Required) A user-defined name of the revoked certificate. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `public_cert_data` - (Required) The SHA1 thumbprint of the certificate to be
-    revoked.
+* `public_cert_data` - (Required) The SHA1 thumbprint of the certificate to be revoked.
 
 ## Attributes Reference
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/virtual_network_gateway_connection.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/virtual_network_gateway_connection.html.markdown
index ffc64dede44a..dc5a4f9d6fcb 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/virtual_network_gateway_connection.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/virtual_network_gateway_connection.html.markdown
@@ -203,8 +203,7 @@ resource "azurerm_virtual_network_gateway_connection" "europe_to_us" {
 
 The following arguments are supported:
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the connection. Changing the name forces a
-    new resource to be created.
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the connection. Changing the name forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group in which to create the connection Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
@@ -214,9 +213,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `virtual_network_gateway_id` - (Required) The ID of the Virtual Network Gateway in which the connection will be created. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `authorization_key` - (Optional) The authorization key associated with the
-    Express Route Circuit. This field is required only if the type is an
-    ExpressRoute connection.
+* `authorization_key` - (Optional) The authorization key associated with the Express Route Circuit. This field is required only if the type is an ExpressRoute connection.
 
 * `dpd_timeout_seconds` - (Optional) The dead peer detection timeout of this connection in seconds. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
@@ -226,21 +223,18 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `local_azure_ip_address_enabled` - (Optional) Use private local Azure IP for the connection. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `local_network_gateway_id` - (Optional) The ID of the local network gateway
-    when creating Site-to-Site connection (i.e. when `type` is `IPsec`).
+* `local_network_gateway_id` - (Optional) The ID of the local network gateway when creating Site-to-Site connection (i.e. when `type` is `IPsec`).
 
 * `routing_weight` - (Optional) The routing weight. Defaults to `10`.
 
-* `shared_key` - (Optional) The shared IPSec key. A key could be provided if a
-    Site-to-Site, VNet-to-VNet or ExpressRoute connection is created.
+* `shared_key` - (Optional) The shared IPSec key. A key could be provided if a Site-to-Site, VNet-to-VNet or ExpressRoute connection is created.
 
 * `connection_mode` - (Optional) Connection mode to use. Possible values are `Default`, `InitiatorOnly` and `ResponderOnly`. Defaults to `Default`. Changing this value will force a resource to be created.
 
 * `connection_protocol` - (Optional) The IKE protocol version to use. Possible values are `IKEv1` and `IKEv2`, values are `IKEv1` and `IKEv2`. Defaults to `IKEv2`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 -> **Note:** Only valid for `IPSec` connections on virtual network gateways with SKU `VpnGw1`, `VpnGw2`, `VpnGw3`, `VpnGw1AZ`, `VpnGw2AZ` or `VpnGw3AZ`.
 
-* `enable_bgp` - (Optional) If `true`, BGP (Border Gateway Protocol) is enabled
-    for this connection. Defaults to `false`.
+* `enable_bgp` - (Optional) If `true`, BGP (Border Gateway Protocol) is enabled for this connection. Defaults to `false`.
 
 * `custom_bgp_addresses` - (Optional) A `custom_bgp_addresses` (Border Gateway Protocol custom IP Addresses) block which is documented below.
     The block can only be used on `IPSec` / `activeactive` connections,
@@ -252,9 +246,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `ingress_nat_rule_ids` - (Optional) A list of the ingress NAT Rule Ids.
 
-* `use_policy_based_traffic_selectors` - (Optional) If `true`, policy-based traffic
-    selectors are enabled for this connection. Enabling policy-based traffic
-    selectors requires an `ipsec_policy` block. Defaults to `false`.
+* `use_policy_based_traffic_selectors` - (Optional) If `true`, policy-based traffic selectors are enabled for this connection. Enabling policy-based traffic selectors requires an `ipsec_policy` block. Defaults to `false`.
 
 * `ipsec_policy` - (Optional) A `ipsec_policy` block which is documented below.
     Only a single policy can be defined for a connection. For details on
@@ -277,31 +269,23 @@ The `custom_bgp_addresses` block supports:
 
 The `ipsec_policy` block supports:
 
-* `dh_group` - (Required) The DH group used in IKE phase 1 for initial SA. Valid
-    options are `DHGroup1`, `DHGroup14`, `DHGroup2`, `DHGroup2048`, `DHGroup24`,
-    `ECP256`, `ECP384`, or `None`.
+* `dh_group` - (Required) The DH group used in IKE phase 1 for initial SA. Valid options are `DHGroup1`, `DHGroup14`, `DHGroup2`, `DHGroup2048`, `DHGroup24`, `ECP256`, `ECP384`, or `None`.
 
-* `ike_encryption` - (Required) The IKE encryption algorithm. Valid
-    options are `AES128`, `AES192`, `AES256`, `DES`, `DES3`, `GCMAES128`, or `GCMAES256`.
+* `ike_encryption` - (Required) The IKE encryption algorithm. Valid options are `AES128`, `AES192`, `AES256`, `DES`, `DES3`, `GCMAES128`, or `GCMAES256`.
 
-* `ike_integrity` - (Required) The IKE integrity algorithm. Valid
-    options are `GCMAES128`, `GCMAES256`, `MD5`, `SHA1`, `SHA256`, or `SHA384`.
+* `ike_integrity` - (Required) The IKE integrity algorithm. Valid options are `GCMAES128`, `GCMAES256`, `MD5`, `SHA1`, `SHA256`, or `SHA384`.
 
-* `ipsec_encryption` - (Required) The IPSec encryption algorithm. Valid
-    options are `AES128`, `AES192`, `AES256`, `DES`, `DES3`, `GCMAES128`, `GCMAES192`, `GCMAES256`, or `None`.
+* `ipsec_encryption` - (Required) The IPSec encryption algorithm. Valid options are `AES128`, `AES192`, `AES256`, `DES`, `DES3`, `GCMAES128`, `GCMAES192`, `GCMAES256`, or `None`.
 
-* `ipsec_integrity` - (Required) The IPSec integrity algorithm. Valid
-    options are `GCMAES128`, `GCMAES192`, `GCMAES256`, `MD5`, `SHA1`, or `SHA256`.
+* `ipsec_integrity` - (Required) The IPSec integrity algorithm. Valid options are `GCMAES128`, `GCMAES192`, `GCMAES256`, `MD5`, `SHA1`, or `SHA256`.
 
 * `pfs_group` - (Required) The DH group used in IKE phase 2 for new child SA.
     Valid options are `ECP256`, `ECP384`, `PFS1`, `PFS14`, `PFS2`, `PFS2048`, `PFS24`, `PFSMM`,
     or `None`.
 
-* `sa_datasize` - (Optional) The IPSec SA payload size in KB. Must be at least
-    `1024` KB. Defaults to `102400000` KB.
+* `sa_datasize` - (Optional) The IPSec SA payload size in KB. Must be at least `1024` KB. Defaults to `102400000` KB.
 
-* `sa_lifetime` - (Optional) The IPSec SA lifetime in seconds. Must be at least
-    `300` seconds. Defaults to `27000` seconds.
+* `sa_lifetime` - (Optional) The IPSec SA lifetime in seconds. Must be at least `300` seconds. Defaults to `27000` seconds.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/virtual_network_peering.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/virtual_network_peering.html.markdown
index 43915b6cd884..ea2c169712ba 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/virtual_network_peering.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/virtual_network_peering.html.markdown
@@ -118,23 +118,17 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `virtual_network_name` - (Required) The name of the virtual network. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `remote_virtual_network_id` - (Required) The full Azure resource ID of the remote virtual network.  Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
+* `remote_virtual_network_id` - (Required) The full Azure resource ID of the remote virtual network. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group in which to create the virtual network peering. Changing this forces a new resource to be
-    created.
+* `resource_group_name` - (Required) The name of the resource group in which to create the virtual network peering. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `allow_virtual_network_access` - (Optional) Controls if the VMs in the remote virtual network can access VMs in the local virtual network. Defaults to `true`.
 
-* `allow_forwarded_traffic` - (Optional) Controls if forwarded traffic from  VMs in the remote virtual network is allowed. Defaults to `false`.
+* `allow_forwarded_traffic` - (Optional) Controls if forwarded traffic from VMs in the remote virtual network is allowed. Defaults to `false`.
 
 * `allow_gateway_transit` - (Optional) Controls gatewayLinks can be used in the remote virtual network’s link to the local virtual network.
 
-* `use_remote_gateways` - (Optional) Controls if remote gateways can be used on
-    the local virtual network. If the flag is set to `true`, and
-    `allow_gateway_transit` on the remote peering is also `true`, virtual network will
-    use gateways of remote virtual network for transit. Only one peering can
-    have this flag set to `true`. This flag cannot be set if virtual network
-    already has a gateway. Defaults to `false`.
+* `use_remote_gateways` - (Optional) Controls if remote gateways can be used on the local virtual network. If the flag is set to `true`, and `allow_gateway_transit` on the remote peering is also `true`, virtual network will use gateways of remote virtual network for transit. Only one peering can have this flag set to `true`. This flag cannot be set if virtual network already has a gateway. Defaults to `false`.
 
 -> **NOTE:** `use_remote_gateways` must be set to `false` if using Global Virtual Network Peerings.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/vmware_private_cloud.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/vmware_private_cloud.html.markdown
index 31f120312d4f..9a7122692d62 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/vmware_private_cloud.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/vmware_private_cloud.html.markdown
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ A `circuit` block exports the following:
 
 A `management_cluster` block exports the following:
 
-* `id` - The ID of the  management cluster.
+* `id` - The ID of the management cluster.
 
 * `hosts` - A list of hosts in the management cluster.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/web_application_firewall_policy.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/web_application_firewall_policy.html.markdown
index 2b96d4c67521..1968a35ec722 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/web_application_firewall_policy.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/web_application_firewall_policy.html.markdown
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ The `policy_settings` block supports the following:
 
 * `request_body_check` - (Optional) Is Request Body Inspection enabled? Defaults to `true`.
 
-* `max_request_body_size_in_kb` - (Optional) The Maximum Request Body Size in KB.  Accepted values are in the range `8` to `2000`. Defaults to `128`.
+* `max_request_body_size_in_kb` - (Optional) The Maximum Request Body Size in KB. Accepted values are in the range `8` to `2000`. Defaults to `128`.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/web_pubsub.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/web_pubsub.html.markdown
index b824df1d1835..fb2aace7d818 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/web_pubsub.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/web_pubsub.html.markdown
@@ -52,8 +52,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `sku` - (Required) Specifies which SKU to use. Possible values are `Free_F1` and `Standard_S1`.
 
-* `capacity` - (Optional) Specifies the number of units associated with this Web PubSub resource. Valid values are:
-  Free: `1`, Standard: `1`, `2`, `5`, `10`, `20`, `50`, `100`.
+* `capacity` - (Optional) Specifies the number of units associated with this Web PubSub resource. Valid values are: Free: `1`, Standard: `1`, `2`, `5`, `10`, `20`, `50`, `100`.
 
 * `public_network_access_enabled` - (Optional) Whether to enable public network access? Defaults to `true`.
 
@@ -67,8 +66,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `aad_auth_enabled` - (Optional) Whether to enable AAD auth? Defaults to `true`.
 
-* `tls_client_cert_enabled` - (Optional)  Whether to request client certificate during TLS handshake? Defaults
-  to `false`.
+* `tls_client_cert_enabled` - (Optional) Whether to request client certificate during TLS handshake? Defaults to `false`.
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/web_pubsub_hub.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/web_pubsub_hub.html.markdown
index b225fefb4ff7..c343931756cb 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/web_pubsub_hub.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/web_pubsub_hub.html.markdown
@@ -77,14 +77,9 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 An `event_handler` block supports the following:
 
-* `url_template` - (Required) The Event Handler URL Template. Two predefined parameters `{hub}` and `{event}` are
-  available to use in the template. The value of the EventHandler URL is dynamically calculated when the client request
-  comes in. Example: `http://example.com/api/{hub}/{event}`.
+* `url_template` - (Required) The Event Handler URL Template. Two predefined parameters `{hub}` and `{event}` are available to use in the template. The value of the EventHandler URL is dynamically calculated when the client request comes in. Example: `http://example.com/api/{hub}/{event}`.
 
-* `user_event_pattern` - (Optional) Specify the matching event names. There are 3 kind of patterns supported:
-  * `*` matches any event name
-  * `,` Combine multiple events with `,` for example `event1,event2`, it matches event `event1` and `event2`
-  * The single event name, for example `event1`, it matches `event1`.
+* `user_event_pattern` - (Optional) Specify the matching event names. There are 3 kind of patterns supported: * `*` matches any event name * `,` Combine multiple events with `,` for example `event1,event2`, it matches event `event1` and `event2` * The single event name, for example `event1`, it matches `event1`.
 
 * `system_events` - (Optional) Specify the list of system events. Supported values are `connect`, `connected` and `disconnected`.
 
@@ -104,7 +99,7 @@ The following attributes are exported:
 
 * `id` - The ID of the Web Pubsub Hub resource.
 
-* `name` - (Required) The name of the Web Pubsub Hub resource
+* `name` - (Required) The name of the Web Pubsub Hub resource. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ## Timeouts
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/windows_function_app.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/windows_function_app.html.markdown
index 736dffbb2d84..13fec12cca9d 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/windows_function_app.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/windows_function_app.html.markdown
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ A `google` block supports the following:
 
 * `client_id` - (Required) The OpenID Connect Client ID for the Google web application.
 
-* `client_secret` - (Optional) The client secret associated with the Google web application.  Cannot be specified with `client_secret_setting_name`.
+* `client_secret` - (Optional) The client secret associated with the Google web application. Cannot be specified with `client_secret_setting_name`.
 
 * `client_secret_setting_name` - (Optional) The app setting name that contains the `client_secret` value used for Google login. Cannot be specified with `client_secret`.
 
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ A `site_config` block supports the following:
 
 * `managed_pipeline_mode` - (Optional) Managed pipeline mode. Possible values include: `Integrated`, `Classic`. Defaults to `Integrated`.
 
-* `minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) Configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests. Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and  `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
+* `minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) Configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests. Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
 
 * `pre_warmed_instance_count` - (Optional) The number of pre-warmed instances for this Windows Function App. Only affects apps on an Elastic Premium plan.
 
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ A `site_config` block supports the following:
 
 * `scm_ip_restriction` - (Optional) One or more `scm_ip_restriction` blocks as defined above.
 
-* `scm_minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) Configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests to the SCM site. Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and  `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
+* `scm_minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) Configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests to the SCM site. Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
 
 * `scm_use_main_ip_restriction` - (Optional) Should the Windows Function App `ip_restriction` configuration be used for the SCM also.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/windows_function_app_slot.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/windows_function_app_slot.html.markdown
index 60d83d73eeb1..83b455a48e51 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/windows_function_app_slot.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/windows_function_app_slot.html.markdown
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ A `site_config` block supports the following:
 
 * `managed_pipeline_mode` - (Optional) The Managed Pipeline mode. Possible values include: `Integrated`, `Classic`. Defaults to `Integrated`.
 
-* `minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests. Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and  `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
+* `minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests. Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
 
 * `pre_warmed_instance_count` - (Optional) The number of pre-warmed instances for this function app. Only affects apps on an Elastic Premium plan.
 
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ A `site_config` block supports the following:
 
 * `scm_ip_restriction` - (Optional) a `scm_ip_restriction` block as detailed below.
 
-* `scm_minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) Configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests to the SCM site Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and  `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
+* `scm_minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) Configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests to the SCM site Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
 
 * `scm_type` - The SCM Type in use by the Windows Function App.
 
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ A `google` block supports the following:
 
 * `client_id` - (Required) The OpenID Connect Client ID for the Google web application.
 
-* `client_secret` - (Optional) The client secret associated with the Google web application.  Cannot be specified with `client_secret_setting_name`.
+* `client_secret` - (Optional) The client secret associated with the Google web application. Cannot be specified with `client_secret_setting_name`.
 
 * `client_secret_setting_name` - (Optional) The app setting name that contains the `client_secret` value used for Google login. Cannot be specified with `client_secret`.
 
@@ -381,11 +381,11 @@ An `app_service_logs` block supports the following:
 
 An `application_stack` block supports the following:
 
-* `dotnet_version` - (Optional) The version of .Net. Possible values are `3.1`, `6` and `7`
+* `dotnet_version` - (Optional) The version of .Net. Possible values are `v3.0`, `v4.0`, `v6.0` and `v7.0`. Defaults to `v4.0`.
 
 * `use_dotnet_isolated_runtime` - (Optional) Should the DotNet process use an isolated runtime. Defaults to `false`.
 
-* `java_version` - (Optional) The version of Java to use. Possible values are `8`, `11` & `17` (In-Preview).
+* `java_version` - (Optional) The version of Java to use. Possible values are `1.8`, `11` and `17` (In-Preview).
 
 * `node_version` - (Optional) The version of Node to use. Possible values are `~12`, `~14`, `~16` and `~18`.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/windows_virtual_machine.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/windows_virtual_machine.html.markdown
index c54b8b0e41f4..819698c82e5f 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/windows_virtual_machine.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/windows_virtual_machine.html.markdown
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ The following arguments are supported:
 
 * `vtpm_enabled` - (Optional) Specifies if vTPM (virtual Trusted Platform Module) and Trusted Launch is enabled for the Virtual Machine. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `winrm_listener` - (Optional) One or more `winrm_listener` blocks as defined below.
+* `winrm_listener` - (Optional) One or more `winrm_listener` blocks as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `zone` - * `zones` - (Optional) Specifies the Availability Zone in which this Windows Virtual Machine should be located. Changing this forces a new Windows Virtual Machine to be created.
 
@@ -329,13 +329,13 @@ A `secret` block supports the following:
 
 The `source_image_reference` block supports the following:
 
-* `publisher` - (Required) Specifies the publisher of the image used to create the virtual machines.
+* `publisher` - (Required) Specifies the publisher of the image used to create the virtual machines. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `offer` - (Required) Specifies the offer of the image used to create the virtual machines.
+* `offer` - (Required) Specifies the offer of the image used to create the virtual machines. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `sku` - (Required) Specifies the SKU of the image used to create the virtual machines.
+* `sku` - (Required) Specifies the SKU of the image used to create the virtual machines. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `version` - (Required) Specifies the version of the image used to create the virtual machines.
+* `version` - (Required) Specifies the version of the image used to create the virtual machines. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ A `termination_notification` block supports the following:
 
 A `winrm_listener` block supports the following:
 
-* `protocol` - (Required) Specifies the protocol of listener. Possible values are `Http` or `Https`
+* `protocol` - (Required) Specifies the protocol of listener. Possible values are `Http` or `Https`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `certificate_url` - (Optional) The Secret URL of a Key Vault Certificate, which must be specified when `protocol` is set to `Https`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/windows_virtual_machine_scale_set.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/windows_virtual_machine_scale_set.html.markdown
index ec3ef49727b8..8595e22a39a4 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/windows_virtual_machine_scale_set.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/windows_virtual_machine_scale_set.html.markdown
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ resource "azurerm_windows_virtual_machine_scale_set" "example" {
 
 * `additional_capabilities` - (Optional) An `additional_capabilities` block as defined below.
 
-* `additional_unattend_content` - (Optional) One or more `additional_unattend_content` blocks as defined below.
+* `additional_unattend_content` - (Optional) One or more `additional_unattend_content` blocks as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `automatic_os_upgrade_policy` - (Optional) An `automatic_os_upgrade_policy` block as defined below. This can only be specified when `upgrade_mode` is set to either `Automatic` or `Rolling`.
 
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ resource "azurerm_windows_virtual_machine_scale_set" "example" {
 
 * `overprovision` - (Optional) Should Azure over-provision Virtual Machines in this Scale Set? This means that multiple Virtual Machines will be provisioned and Azure will keep the instances which become available first - which improves provisioning success rates and improves deployment time. You're not billed for these over-provisioned VM's and they don't count towards the Subscription Quota. Defaults to `true`.
 
-* `plan` - (Optional) A `plan` block as defined below.
+* `plan` - (Optional) A `plan` block as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 -> **NOTE:** When using an image from Azure Marketplace a `plan` must be specified.
 
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ resource "azurerm_windows_virtual_machine_scale_set" "example" {
 
 * `proximity_placement_group_id` - (Optional) The ID of the Proximity Placement Group in which the Virtual Machine Scale Set should be assigned to. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `rolling_upgrade_policy` - (Optional) A `rolling_upgrade_policy` block as defined below. This is Required and can only be specified when `upgrade_mode` is set to `Automatic` or `Rolling`.
+* `rolling_upgrade_policy` - (Optional) A `rolling_upgrade_policy` block as defined below. This is Required and can only be specified when `upgrade_mode` is set to `Automatic` or `Rolling`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `scale_in` - (Optional) A `scale_in` block as defined below.
 
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ resource "azurerm_windows_virtual_machine_scale_set" "example" {
 
 * `vtpm_enabled` - (Optional) Specifies if vTPM (Virtual Trusted Platform Module) and Trusted Launch is enabled for the Virtual Machine. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `winrm_listener` - (Optional) One or more `winrm_listener` blocks as defined below.
+* `winrm_listener` - (Optional) One or more `winrm_listener` blocks as defined below. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `zone_balance` - (Optional) Should the Virtual Machines in this Scale Set be strictly evenly distributed across Availability Zones? Defaults to `false`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
@@ -408,9 +408,9 @@ An `ip_configuration` block supports the following:
 
 An `ip_tag` block supports the following:
 
-* `tag` - (Required) The IP Tag associated with the Public IP, such as `SQL` or `Storage`.
+* `tag` - (Required) The IP Tag associated with the Public IP, such as `SQL` or `Storage`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `type` - (Required) The Type of IP Tag, such as `FirstPartyUsage`.
+* `type` - (Required) The Type of IP Tag, such as `FirstPartyUsage`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
@@ -502,13 +502,13 @@ A `public_ip_address` block supports the following:
 
 * `idle_timeout_in_minutes` - (Optional) The Idle Timeout in Minutes for the Public IP Address. Possible values are in the range `4` to `32`.
 
-* `ip_tag` - (Optional) One or more `ip_tag` blocks as defined above.
+* `ip_tag` - (Optional) One or more `ip_tag` blocks as defined above. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `public_ip_prefix_id` - (Optional) The ID of the Public IP Address Prefix from where Public IP Addresses should be allocated. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 -> **NOTE:** This functionality is in Preview and must be opted into via `az feature register --namespace Microsoft.Network --name AllowBringYourOwnPublicIpAddress` and then `az provider register -n Microsoft.Network`.
 
-* `version` - (Optional) The Internet Protocol Version which should be used for this public IP address. Possible values are `IPv4` and `IPv6`. Defaults to `IPv4`.
+* `version` - (Optional) The Internet Protocol Version which should be used for this public IP address. Possible values are `IPv4` and `IPv6`. Defaults to `IPv4`. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 ---
 
@@ -568,9 +568,9 @@ A `winrm_listener` block supports the following:
 
 A `source_image_reference` block supports the following:
 
-* `publisher` - (Required) Specifies the publisher of the image used to create the virtual machines.
+* `publisher` - (Required) Specifies the publisher of the image used to create the virtual machines. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
-* `offer` - (Required) Specifies the offer of the image used to create the virtual machines.
+* `offer` - (Required) Specifies the offer of the image used to create the virtual machines. Changing this forces a new resource to be created.
 
 * `sku` - (Required) Specifies the SKU of the image used to create the virtual machines.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/windows_web_app.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/windows_web_app.html.markdown
index 351e700d4f5f..125d42104be6 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/windows_web_app.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/windows_web_app.html.markdown
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ An `application_stack` block supports the following:
 
 * `docker_container_tag` - (Optional) The Image Tag of the specified Docker Container to use. For example `latest`
 
-* `dotnet_version` - (Optional) The version of .NET to use when `current_stack` is set to `dotnet`. Possible values include  `v2.0`,`v3.0`, `v4.0`, `v5.0`, `v6.0` and `v7.0`.
+* `dotnet_version` - (Optional) The version of .NET to use when `current_stack` is set to `dotnet`. Possible values include `v2.0`,`v3.0`, `v4.0`, `v5.0`, `v6.0` and `v7.0`.
 
 ~> **NOTE:** The Portal displayed values and the actual underlying API values differ for this setting, as follows:
 Portal Value | API value
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ A `google` block supports the following:
 
 * `client_id` - (Required) The OpenID Connect Client ID for the Google web application.
 
-* `client_secret` - (Optional) The client secret associated with the Google web application.  Cannot be specified with `client_secret_setting_name`.
+* `client_secret` - (Optional) The client secret associated with the Google web application. Cannot be specified with `client_secret_setting_name`.
 
 * `client_secret_setting_name` - (Optional) The app setting name that contains the `client_secret` value used for Google login. Cannot be specified with `client_secret`.
 
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ A `site_config` block supports the following:
 
 * `managed_pipeline_mode` - (Optional) Managed pipeline mode. Possible values include: `Integrated`, `Classic`.
 
-* `minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests. Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and  `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
+* `minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests. Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
 
 * `remote_debugging_enabled` - (Optional) Should Remote Debugging be enabled. Defaults to `false`.
 
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ A `site_config` block supports the following:
 
 * `scm_ip_restriction` - (Optional) One or more `scm_ip_restriction` blocks as defined above.
 
-* `scm_minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests to the SCM site Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and  `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
+* `scm_minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests to the SCM site Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
 
 * `scm_use_main_ip_restriction` - (Optional) Should the Windows Web App `ip_restriction` configuration be used for the SCM also.
 
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ A `storage_account` block supports the following:
 
 A `trigger` block supports the following:
 
-* `private_memory_kb` - (Optional) The amount of Private Memory to be consumed for this rule to trigger. Possible values are between `102400` and  `13631488`.
+* `private_memory_kb` - (Optional) The amount of Private Memory to be consumed for this rule to trigger. Possible values are between `102400` and `13631488`.
 
 * `requests` - (Optional) A `requests` block as defined above.
 
diff --git a/website/docs/r/windows_web_app_slot.html.markdown b/website/docs/r/windows_web_app_slot.html.markdown
index 6bb89e481725..af1d15802384 100644
--- a/website/docs/r/windows_web_app_slot.html.markdown
+++ b/website/docs/r/windows_web_app_slot.html.markdown
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ An `application_stack` block supports the following:
 
 * `docker_container_tag` - (Optional) The Image Tag of the specified Docker Container to use. For example `latest`
 
-* `dotnet_version` - (Optional) The version of .NET to use when `current_stack` is set to `dotnet`. Possible values include  `v2.0`,`v3.0`, `v4.0`, `v5.0`, `v6.0` and `v7.0`.
+* `dotnet_version` - (Optional) The version of .NET to use when `current_stack` is set to `dotnet`. Possible values include `v2.0`,`v3.0`, `v4.0`, `v5.0`, `v6.0` and `v7.0`.
 
 * `dotnet_core_version` - (Optional) The version of .NET to use when `current_stack` is set to `dotnetcore`. Possible values include `v4.0`.
 
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ An `application_stack` block supports the following:
 
 ~> **NOTE:** This property conflicts with `java_version`.
 
-* `php_version` - (Optional) The version of PHP to use when `current_stack` is set to `php`. Possible values include `v7.4` and `Off`.
+* `php_version` - (Optional) The version of PHP to use when `current_stack` is set to `php`. Possible values are `7.1`, `7.4` and `Off`.
 
 ~> **NOTE:** The value `Off` is used to signify latest supported by the service.
 
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ A `google` block supports the following:
 
 * `client_id` - (Required) The OpenID Connect Client ID for the Google web application.
 
-* `client_secret` - (Optional) The client secret associated with the Google web application.  Cannot be specified with `client_secret_setting_name`.
+* `client_secret` - (Optional) The client secret associated with the Google web application. Cannot be specified with `client_secret_setting_name`.
 
 * `client_secret_setting_name` - (Optional) The app setting name that contains the `client_secret` value used for Google login. Cannot be specified with `client_secret`.
 
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ A `site_config` block supports the following:
 
 * `managed_pipeline_mode` - (Optional) Managed pipeline mode. Possible values include: `Integrated`, `Classic`.
 
-* `minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests. Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and  `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
+* `minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests. Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
 
 * `remote_debugging_enabled` - (Optional) Should Remote Debugging be enabled. Defaults to `false`.
 
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ A `site_config` block supports the following:
 
 * `scm_ip_restriction` - (Optional) One or more `scm_ip_restriction` blocks as defined above.
 
-* `scm_minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests to the SCM site Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and  `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
+* `scm_minimum_tls_version` - (Optional) The configures the minimum version of TLS required for SSL requests to the SCM site Possible values include: `1.0`, `1.1`, and `1.2`. Defaults to `1.2`.
 
 * `scm_use_main_ip_restriction` - (Optional) Should the Windows Web App Slot `ip_restriction` configuration be used for the SCM also.
 
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ A `storage_account` block supports the following:
 
 A `trigger` block supports the following:
 
-* `private_memory_kb` - (Optional) The amount of Private Memory to be consumed for this rule to trigger. Possible values are between `102400` and  `13631488`.
+* `private_memory_kb` - (Optional) The amount of Private Memory to be consumed for this rule to trigger. Possible values are between `102400` and `13631488`.
 
 * `requests` - (Optional) A `requests` block as defined above.